CA2082668A1 - Heterocyclic derivatives - Google Patents
Heterocyclic derivativesInfo
- Publication number
- CA2082668A1 CA2082668A1 CA002082668A CA2082668A CA2082668A1 CA 2082668 A1 CA2082668 A1 CA 2082668A1 CA 002082668 A CA002082668 A CA 002082668A CA 2082668 A CA2082668 A CA 2082668A CA 2082668 A1 CA2082668 A1 CA 2082668A1
- Authority
- CA
- Canada
- Prior art keywords
- alkyl
- formula
- group
- alkoxy
- halogeno
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Abandoned
Links
- 125000000623 heterocyclic group Chemical group 0.000 title claims description 6
- 150000001875 compounds Chemical class 0.000 claims abstract description 137
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 claims abstract description 40
- 150000003839 salts Chemical class 0.000 claims abstract description 39
- 231100000252 nontoxic Toxicity 0.000 claims abstract description 17
- 230000003000 nontoxic effect Effects 0.000 claims abstract description 17
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 claims abstract description 13
- 238000011282 treatment Methods 0.000 claims abstract description 9
- 238000004519 manufacturing process Methods 0.000 claims abstract description 7
- 239000008194 pharmaceutical composition Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 6
- -1 amino, hydroxy Chemical group 0.000 claims description 215
- 125000000217 alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 138
- 125000001997 phenyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(*)C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 claims description 75
- LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethanol Chemical compound CCO LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 72
- 125000003545 alkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 71
- 125000005843 halogen group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 62
- 239000000203 mixture Substances 0.000 claims description 59
- 239000001257 hydrogen Substances 0.000 claims description 43
- 229910052739 hydrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 43
- 125000001424 substituent group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 43
- 125000002023 trifluoromethyl group Chemical group FC(F)(F)* 0.000 claims description 41
- 125000001153 fluoro group Chemical group F* 0.000 claims description 40
- 125000004093 cyano group Chemical group *C#N 0.000 claims description 36
- 125000001495 ethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 claims description 35
- 238000006243 chemical reaction Methods 0.000 claims description 33
- 125000002496 methyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])* 0.000 claims description 29
- 125000000753 cycloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 28
- 125000003178 carboxy group Chemical group [H]OC(*)=O 0.000 claims description 26
- 125000001589 carboacyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 25
- 125000004435 hydrogen atom Chemical group [H]* 0.000 claims description 25
- 125000003917 carbamoyl group Chemical group [H]N([H])C(*)=O 0.000 claims description 23
- 125000004432 carbon atom Chemical group C* 0.000 claims description 23
- 125000004453 alkoxycarbonyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 22
- 239000002585 base Substances 0.000 claims description 20
- 125000000449 nitro group Chemical group [O-][N+](*)=O 0.000 claims description 20
- 229910052783 alkali metal Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 19
- 125000005647 linker group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 17
- 239000002253 acid Substances 0.000 claims description 16
- 125000001309 chloro group Chemical group Cl* 0.000 claims description 15
- 150000001340 alkali metals Chemical class 0.000 claims description 14
- 125000001246 bromo group Chemical group Br* 0.000 claims description 14
- 125000001436 propyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 claims description 13
- 239000007858 starting material Substances 0.000 claims description 12
- 125000005236 alkanoylamino group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 11
- 150000001412 amines Chemical class 0.000 claims description 11
- 239000003085 diluting agent Substances 0.000 claims description 11
- 125000002924 primary amino group Chemical group [H]N([H])* 0.000 claims description 11
- 125000002777 acetyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C(*)=O 0.000 claims description 10
- 125000002947 alkylene group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 10
- 125000000043 benzamido group Chemical group [H]N([*])C(=O)C1=C([H])C([H])=C([H])C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 claims description 10
- 150000002431 hydrogen Chemical group 0.000 claims description 10
- 125000004206 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])(*)C(F)(F)F 0.000 claims description 9
- 125000004200 2-methoxyethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])OC([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 claims description 9
- QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N atomic oxygen Chemical compound [O] QVGXLLKOCUKJST-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 9
- 125000000113 cyclohexyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])C1([H])[H] 0.000 claims description 9
- 125000001511 cyclopentyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C1([H])[H] 0.000 claims description 9
- 125000004851 cyclopentylmethyl group Chemical group C1(CCCC1)C* 0.000 claims description 9
- 125000004216 fluoromethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])(F)* 0.000 claims description 9
- 125000004356 hydroxy functional group Chemical group O* 0.000 claims description 9
- 238000001727 in vivo Methods 0.000 claims description 9
- 239000001301 oxygen Substances 0.000 claims description 9
- 229910052760 oxygen Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 9
- NINIDFKCEFEMDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sulfur Chemical compound [S] NINIDFKCEFEMDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 8
- 239000005864 Sulphur Substances 0.000 claims description 8
- 125000004210 cyclohexylmethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])(*)C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C1([H])[H] 0.000 claims description 8
- 150000002148 esters Chemical class 0.000 claims description 8
- 125000003754 ethoxycarbonyl group Chemical group C(=O)(OCC)* 0.000 claims description 8
- IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N nitrogen Substances N#N IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 8
- 125000000094 2-phenylethyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(C([H])=C1[H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 claims description 7
- UFHFLCQGNIYNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrogen Chemical compound [H][H] UFHFLCQGNIYNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 7
- 150000007513 acids Chemical class 0.000 claims description 7
- 125000005092 alkenyloxycarbonyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 7
- 125000001797 benzyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(C([H])=C1[H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 claims description 7
- 125000000484 butyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 claims description 7
- 125000001559 cyclopropyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C1([H])* 0.000 claims description 7
- 125000004186 cyclopropylmethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])(*)C1([H])C([H])([H])C1([H])[H] 0.000 claims description 7
- 125000005117 dialkylcarbamoyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 7
- 125000004185 ester group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 7
- 125000002485 formyl group Chemical group [H]C(*)=O 0.000 claims description 7
- 125000000956 methoxy group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])O* 0.000 claims description 7
- 125000006340 pentafluoro ethyl group Chemical group FC(F)(F)C(F)(F)* 0.000 claims description 7
- 125000001147 pentyl group Chemical group C(CCCC)* 0.000 claims description 7
- 125000003831 tetrazolyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 7
- 125000003282 alkyl amino group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 6
- 125000003236 benzoyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(C([H])=C1[H])C(*)=O 0.000 claims description 6
- 230000015572 biosynthetic process Effects 0.000 claims description 6
- 125000004063 butyryl group Chemical group O=C([*])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 claims description 6
- 150000001732 carboxylic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 claims description 6
- 125000004663 dialkyl amino group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 6
- 229910052757 nitrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 6
- 150000007530 organic bases Chemical class 0.000 claims description 6
- 125000000843 phenylene group Chemical group C1(=C(C=CC=C1)*)* 0.000 claims description 6
- 125000004742 propyloxycarbonyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 6
- 125000004343 1-phenylethyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(C([H])=C1[H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 claims description 5
- 125000000954 2-hydroxyethyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])O[H] 0.000 claims description 5
- 125000005118 N-alkylcarbamoyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 5
- 230000002378 acidificating effect Effects 0.000 claims description 5
- 150000008044 alkali metal hydroxides Chemical class 0.000 claims description 5
- 125000004051 hexyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 claims description 5
- 125000000959 isobutyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])(C([H])([H])[H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 claims description 5
- 125000001160 methoxycarbonyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])OC(*)=O 0.000 claims description 5
- 125000000250 methylamino group Chemical group [H]N(*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 claims description 5
- 125000002914 sec-butyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 claims description 5
- 125000004066 1-hydroxyethyl group Chemical group [H]OC([H])([*])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 claims description 4
- 150000001450 anions Chemical class 0.000 claims description 4
- 125000001584 benzyloxycarbonyl group Chemical group C(=O)(OCC1=CC=CC=C1)* 0.000 claims description 4
- 150000001768 cations Chemical class 0.000 claims description 4
- 125000004029 hydroxymethyl group Chemical group [H]OC([H])([H])* 0.000 claims description 4
- QJGQUHMNIGDVPM-UHFFFAOYSA-N nitrogen group Chemical group [N] QJGQUHMNIGDVPM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 4
- 229940031826 phenolate Drugs 0.000 claims description 4
- UYWQUFXKFGHYNT-UHFFFAOYSA-N phenylmethyl ester of formic acid Natural products O=COCC1=CC=CC=C1 UYWQUFXKFGHYNT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 4
- 125000001501 propionyl group Chemical group O=C([*])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 claims description 4
- 150000003230 pyrimidines Chemical class 0.000 claims description 4
- 125000001140 1,4-phenylene group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([*:2])=C([H])C([H])=C1[*:1] 0.000 claims description 3
- 125000004450 alkenylene group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 3
- 150000005005 aminopyrimidines Chemical class 0.000 claims description 3
- 125000002915 carbonyl group Chemical group [*:2]C([*:1])=O 0.000 claims description 3
- 230000002950 deficient Effects 0.000 claims description 3
- 125000001449 isopropyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 claims description 3
- ISWSIDIOOBJBQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-M phenolate Chemical compound [O-]C1=CC=CC=C1 ISWSIDIOOBJBQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 claims description 3
- 125000004076 pyridyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 3
- FDDDEECHVMSUSB-UHFFFAOYSA-N sulfanilamide Chemical compound NC1=CC=C(S(N)(=O)=O)C=C1 FDDDEECHVMSUSB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 3
- 229940124530 sulfonamide Drugs 0.000 claims description 3
- 125000000143 2-carboxyethyl group Chemical group [H]OC(=O)C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 claims description 2
- ULRPISSMEBPJLN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2h-tetrazol-5-amine Chemical compound NC1=NN=NN1 ULRPISSMEBPJLN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- 229910052784 alkaline earth metal Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 2
- 150000001342 alkaline earth metals Chemical class 0.000 claims description 2
- 239000004411 aluminium Substances 0.000 claims description 2
- 229910052782 aluminium Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 2
- XAGFODPZIPBFFR-UHFFFAOYSA-N aluminium Chemical compound [Al] XAGFODPZIPBFFR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- 125000004202 aminomethyl group Chemical group [H]N([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 claims description 2
- 150000003863 ammonium salts Chemical class 0.000 claims description 2
- 125000002057 carboxymethyl group Chemical group [H]OC(=O)C([H])([H])[*] 0.000 claims description 2
- 125000001995 cyclobutyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C1([H])[H] 0.000 claims description 2
- 125000004184 methoxymethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])OC([H])([H])* 0.000 claims description 2
- 125000006678 phenoxycarbonyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 2
- 125000006239 protecting group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 2
- 125000000714 pyrimidinyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 2
- 238000000926 separation method Methods 0.000 claims description 2
- WJKHJLXJJJATHN-UHFFFAOYSA-N triflic anhydride Chemical compound FC(F)(F)S(=O)(=O)OS(=O)(=O)C(F)(F)F WJKHJLXJJJATHN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- ILROLYQPRYHHFG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-$l^{1}-oxidanylprop-2-en-1-one Chemical group [O]C(=O)C=C ILROLYQPRYHHFG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims 1
- LYXFHLBLYOCQGJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,4-diethyl-8-[[4-[2-(2H-tetrazol-5-yl)phenyl]phenyl]methyl]-5,6-dihydropyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-one Chemical compound C(C)C=1N=C(C2=C(N1)N(C(CC2)=O)CC2=CC=C(C=C2)C2=C(C=CC=C2)C2=NN=NN2)CC LYXFHLBLYOCQGJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims 1
- VJLHHHFELDMKOT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,4-diethyl-8-[[4-[2-(2H-tetrazol-5-yl)phenyl]phenyl]methyl]pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-one Chemical compound C(C)C=1N=C(C2=C(N1)N(C(C=C2)=O)CC2=CC=C(C=C2)C2=C(C=CC=C2)C2=NN=NN2)CC VJLHHHFELDMKOT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims 1
- GKKBQKIEILYNBE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,6-diethyl-5-iodo-N-[[4-[2-(2H-tetrazol-5-yl)phenyl]phenyl]methyl]pyrimidin-4-amine Chemical compound C(C)C1=NC(=C(C(=N1)NCC1=CC=C(C=C1)C1=C(C=CC=C1)C1=NN=NN1)I)CC GKKBQKIEILYNBE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims 1
- 125000000022 2-aminoethyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])N([H])[H] 0.000 claims 1
- YAAODBVGVFUEOL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-ethyl-N-[[4-[2-(2H-tetrazol-5-yl)phenyl]phenyl]methyl]-5,6,7,8-tetrahydroquinazolin-4-amine Chemical compound C(C)C1=NC=2CCCCC2C(=N1)NCC1=CC=C(C=C1)C1=C(C=CC=C1)C1=NN=NN1 YAAODBVGVFUEOL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims 1
- GPUZQJLVLVFKSN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5-iodo-2,6-dimethyl-N-[[4-[2-(2H-tetrazol-5-yl)phenyl]phenyl]methyl]pyrimidin-4-amine Chemical compound CC1=NC(=C(C(=N1)NCC1=CC=C(C=C1)C1=C(C=CC=C1)C1=NN=NN1)I)C GPUZQJLVLVFKSN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims 1
- 125000000325 methylidene group Chemical group [H]C([H])=* 0.000 claims 1
- 206010020772 Hypertension Diseases 0.000 abstract description 4
- 229910052740 iodine Inorganic materials 0.000 abstract description 4
- 206010007559 Cardiac failure congestive Diseases 0.000 abstract description 3
- 206010019280 Heart failures Diseases 0.000 abstract description 3
- OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methanol Chemical compound OC OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 72
- XEKOWRVHYACXOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethyl acetate Chemical compound CCOC(C)=O XEKOWRVHYACXOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 69
- QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ammonia Chemical compound N QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 53
- 238000001704 evaporation Methods 0.000 description 39
- 230000008020 evaporation Effects 0.000 description 39
- 239000002904 solvent Substances 0.000 description 39
- 239000000243 solution Substances 0.000 description 37
- 238000001819 mass spectrum Methods 0.000 description 35
- 239000007787 solid Substances 0.000 description 35
- 238000012360 testing method Methods 0.000 description 27
- HEDRZPFGACZZDS-MICDWDOJSA-N Trichloro(2H)methane Chemical compound [2H]C(Cl)(Cl)Cl HEDRZPFGACZZDS-MICDWDOJSA-N 0.000 description 26
- 229910021529 ammonia Inorganic materials 0.000 description 26
- ZMANZCXQSJIPKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Triethylamine Chemical compound CCN(CC)CC ZMANZCXQSJIPKH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 21
- VLKZOEOYAKHREP-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-Hexane Chemical compound CCCCCC VLKZOEOYAKHREP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 21
- ZMXDDKWLCZADIW-UHFFFAOYSA-N N,N-Dimethylformamide Chemical compound CN(C)C=O ZMXDDKWLCZADIW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 20
- WYURNTSHIVDZCO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Tetrahydrofuran Chemical compound C1CCOC1 WYURNTSHIVDZCO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 18
- YXFVVABEGXRONW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Toluene Chemical compound CC1=CC=CC=C1 YXFVVABEGXRONW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 18
- 238000010992 reflux Methods 0.000 description 18
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N water Substances O XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 18
- DGAQECJNVWCQMB-PUAWFVPOSA-M Ilexoside XXIX Chemical compound C[C@@H]1CC[C@@]2(CC[C@@]3(C(=CC[C@H]4[C@]3(CC[C@@H]5[C@@]4(CC[C@@H](C5(C)C)OS(=O)(=O)[O-])C)C)[C@@H]2[C@]1(C)O)C)C(=O)O[C@H]6[C@@H]([C@H]([C@@H]([C@H](O6)CO)O)O)O.[Na+] DGAQECJNVWCQMB-PUAWFVPOSA-M 0.000 description 17
- VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrochloric acid Chemical compound Cl VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 15
- RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Diethyl ether Chemical compound CCOCC RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 14
- 238000010265 fast atom bombardment Methods 0.000 description 14
- YMWUJEATGCHHMB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dichloromethane Chemical compound ClCCl YMWUJEATGCHHMB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 12
- XUZLXCQFXTZASF-UHFFFAOYSA-N nitro(phenyl)methanol Chemical compound [O-][N+](=O)C(O)C1=CC=CC=C1 XUZLXCQFXTZASF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 12
- 239000011734 sodium Substances 0.000 description 12
- HEMHJVSKTPXQMS-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium hydroxide Inorganic materials [OH-].[Na+] HEMHJVSKTPXQMS-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 12
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 description 11
- 238000003818 flash chromatography Methods 0.000 description 11
- 238000004452 microanalysis Methods 0.000 description 11
- 229910052708 sodium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 11
- 241001465754 Metazoa Species 0.000 description 10
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 description 10
- BWHMMNNQKKPAPP-UHFFFAOYSA-L potassium carbonate Chemical compound [K+].[K+].[O-]C([O-])=O BWHMMNNQKKPAPP-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 10
- PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glycerine Chemical compound OCC(O)CO PEDCQBHIVMGVHV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- KWYUFKZDYYNOTN-UHFFFAOYSA-M Potassium hydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].[K+] KWYUFKZDYYNOTN-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 9
- 201000010099 disease Diseases 0.000 description 9
- 208000037265 diseases, disorders, signs and symptoms Diseases 0.000 description 9
- 239000000284 extract Substances 0.000 description 9
- 238000001914 filtration Methods 0.000 description 9
- 239000000126 substance Substances 0.000 description 9
- YLQBMQCUIZJEEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetrahydrofuran Natural products C=1C=COC=1 YLQBMQCUIZJEEH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- 241000282414 Homo sapiens Species 0.000 description 8
- KFZMGEQAYNKOFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Isopropanol Chemical compound CC(C)O KFZMGEQAYNKOFK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 239000006260 foam Substances 0.000 description 8
- 230000007062 hydrolysis Effects 0.000 description 8
- 238000006460 hydrolysis reaction Methods 0.000 description 8
- NFHFRUOZVGFOOS-UHFFFAOYSA-N palladium;triphenylphosphane Chemical compound [Pd].C1=CC=CC=C1P(C=1C=CC=CC=1)C1=CC=CC=C1.C1=CC=CC=C1P(C=1C=CC=CC=1)C1=CC=CC=C1.C1=CC=CC=C1P(C=1C=CC=CC=1)C1=CC=CC=C1.C1=CC=CC=C1P(C=1C=CC=CC=1)C1=CC=CC=C1 NFHFRUOZVGFOOS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 230000009471 action Effects 0.000 description 7
- 238000000451 chemical ionisation Methods 0.000 description 7
- 125000002346 iodo group Chemical group I* 0.000 description 7
- 230000000144 pharmacologic effect Effects 0.000 description 7
- XHXFXVLFKHQFAL-UHFFFAOYSA-N phosphoryl trichloride Chemical compound ClP(Cl)(Cl)=O XHXFXVLFKHQFAL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- 102000015427 Angiotensins Human genes 0.000 description 6
- 108010064733 Angiotensins Proteins 0.000 description 6
- UHOVQNZJYSORNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N Benzene Chemical compound C1=CC=CC=C1 UHOVQNZJYSORNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- UIIMBOGNXHQVGW-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium bicarbonate Chemical compound [Na+].OC([O-])=O UIIMBOGNXHQVGW-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 6
- 239000004480 active ingredient Substances 0.000 description 6
- USIUVYZYUHIAEV-UHFFFAOYSA-N diphenyl ether Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1OC1=CC=CC=C1 USIUVYZYUHIAEV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 150000002825 nitriles Chemical class 0.000 description 6
- CDBYLPFSWZWCQE-UHFFFAOYSA-L sodium carbonate Substances [Na+].[Na+].[O-]C([O-])=O CDBYLPFSWZWCQE-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 6
- 230000001225 therapeutic effect Effects 0.000 description 6
- RYHBNJHYFVUHQT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,4-Dioxane Chemical compound C1COCCO1 RYHBNJHYFVUHQT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- UUUHXMGGBIUAPW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-[1-[2-[[5-amino-2-[[1-[5-(diaminomethylideneamino)-2-[[1-[3-(1h-indol-3-yl)-2-[(5-oxopyrrolidine-2-carbonyl)amino]propanoyl]pyrrolidine-2-carbonyl]amino]pentanoyl]pyrrolidine-2-carbonyl]amino]-5-oxopentanoyl]amino]-3-methylpentanoyl]pyrrolidine-2-carbon Chemical compound C1CCC(C(=O)N2C(CCC2)C(O)=O)N1C(=O)C(C(C)CC)NC(=O)C(CCC(N)=O)NC(=O)C1CCCN1C(=O)C(CCCN=C(N)N)NC(=O)C1CCCN1C(=O)C(CC=1C2=CC=CC=C2NC=1)NC(=O)C1CCC(=O)N1 UUUHXMGGBIUAPW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carbon Chemical compound [C] OKTJSMMVPCPJKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 102000004270 Peptidyl-Dipeptidase A Human genes 0.000 description 5
- 108090000882 Peptidyl-Dipeptidase A Proteins 0.000 description 5
- FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium chloride Chemical class [Na+].[Cl-] FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 5
- 230000029936 alkylation Effects 0.000 description 5
- 238000005804 alkylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 5
- 230000008485 antagonism Effects 0.000 description 5
- 125000001301 ethoxy group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])O* 0.000 description 5
- IXCSERBJSXMMFS-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydrogen chloride Substances Cl.Cl IXCSERBJSXMMFS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 229910000041 hydrogen chloride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 5
- 239000003921 oil Substances 0.000 description 5
- 229910000027 potassium carbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 5
- 235000011181 potassium carbonates Nutrition 0.000 description 5
- 239000000047 product Substances 0.000 description 5
- LVTJOONKWUXEFR-FZRMHRINSA-N protoneodioscin Natural products O(C[C@@H](CC[C@]1(O)[C@H](C)[C@@H]2[C@]3(C)[C@H]([C@H]4[C@@H]([C@]5(C)C(=CC4)C[C@@H](O[C@@H]4[C@H](O[C@H]6[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](C)O6)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O[C@H]6[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](C)O6)[C@H](CO)O4)CC5)CC3)C[C@@H]2O1)C)[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O1 LVTJOONKWUXEFR-FZRMHRINSA-N 0.000 description 5
- IDXKTTNFXPPXJY-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyrimidin-1-ium;chloride Chemical compound Cl.C1=CN=CN=C1 IDXKTTNFXPPXJY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 150000003254 radicals Chemical class 0.000 description 5
- 239000000725 suspension Substances 0.000 description 5
- QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetic acid Chemical compound CC(O)=O QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- BAVYZALUXZFZLV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methylamine Chemical compound NC BAVYZALUXZFZLV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- KDLHZDBZIXYQEI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Palladium Chemical compound [Pd] KDLHZDBZIXYQEI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- ISWSIDIOOBJBQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phenol Chemical compound OC1=CC=CC=C1 ISWSIDIOOBJBQZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- CZPWVGJYEJSRLH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyrimidine Chemical compound C1=CN=CN=C1 CZPWVGJYEJSRLH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- KEAYESYHFKHZAL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sodium Chemical compound [Na] KEAYESYHFKHZAL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 239000002416 angiotensin derivative Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000005557 antagonist Substances 0.000 description 4
- 238000010533 azeotropic distillation Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000036772 blood pressure Effects 0.000 description 4
- 230000037396 body weight Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000000354 decomposition reaction Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000006073 displacement reaction Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000011065 in-situ storage Methods 0.000 description 4
- 239000010410 layer Substances 0.000 description 4
- HQKMJHAJHXVSDF-UHFFFAOYSA-L magnesium stearate Chemical compound [Mg+2].CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O.CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC([O-])=O HQKMJHAJHXVSDF-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 4
- 239000012528 membrane Substances 0.000 description 4
- 239000002798 polar solvent Substances 0.000 description 4
- 238000002360 preparation method Methods 0.000 description 4
- 230000036454 renin-angiotensin system Effects 0.000 description 4
- 239000012047 saturated solution Substances 0.000 description 4
- 229910000029 sodium carbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- 125000002221 trityl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C([H])C([H])=C1C([*])(C1=C(C(=C(C(=C1[H])[H])[H])[H])[H])C1=C([H])C([H])=C([H])C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 4
- BIWQNIMLAISTBV-UHFFFAOYSA-N (4-methylphenyl)boronic acid Chemical compound CC1=CC=C(B(O)O)C=C1 BIWQNIMLAISTBV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- CSCPPACGZOOCGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetone Chemical compound CC(C)=O CSCPPACGZOOCGX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- WEVYAHXRMPXWCK-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetonitrile Chemical compound CC#N WEVYAHXRMPXWCK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- NIXOWILDQLNWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-M Acrylate Chemical compound [O-]C(=O)C=C NIXOWILDQLNWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 3
- WVDDGKGOMKODPV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Benzyl alcohol Chemical compound OCC1=CC=CC=C1 WVDDGKGOMKODPV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- BVKZGUZCCUSVTD-UHFFFAOYSA-M Bicarbonate Chemical compound OC([O-])=O BVKZGUZCCUSVTD-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 3
- 241000282472 Canis lupus familiaris Species 0.000 description 3
- XTHFKEDIFFGKHM-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dimethoxyethane Chemical compound COCCOC XTHFKEDIFFGKHM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- SECXISVLQFMRJM-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-Methylpyrrolidone Chemical compound CN1CCCC1=O SECXISVLQFMRJM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- ZLMJMSJWJFRBEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Potassium Chemical compound [K] ZLMJMSJWJFRBEC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- DNIAPMSPPWPWGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Propylene glycol Chemical compound CC(O)CO DNIAPMSPPWPWGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 241000700159 Rattus Species 0.000 description 3
- 238000013459 approach Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000003125 aqueous solvent Substances 0.000 description 3
- 150000001540 azides Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 239000002775 capsule Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229910052799 carbon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 239000003054 catalyst Substances 0.000 description 3
- KRKNYBCHXYNGOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N citric acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CC(O)(C(O)=O)CC(O)=O KRKNYBCHXYNGOX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000003814 drug Substances 0.000 description 3
- HHFAWKCIHAUFRX-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethoxide Chemical compound CC[O-] HHFAWKCIHAUFRX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000000706 filtrate Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000012530 fluid Substances 0.000 description 3
- ZZUFCTLCJUWOSV-UHFFFAOYSA-N furosemide Chemical compound C1=C(Cl)C(S(=O)(=O)N)=CC(C(O)=O)=C1NCC1=CC=CO1 ZZUFCTLCJUWOSV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 238000000338 in vitro Methods 0.000 description 3
- 229910052500 inorganic mineral Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 239000000543 intermediate Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229960004592 isopropanol Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 238000005259 measurement Methods 0.000 description 3
- 229910000372 mercury(II) sulfate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 125000001570 methylene group Chemical group [H]C([H])([*:1])[*:2] 0.000 description 3
- 235000010755 mineral Nutrition 0.000 description 3
- 239000011707 mineral Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000012044 organic layer Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000011591 potassium Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000000069 prophylactic effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000012312 sodium hydride Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229910000104 sodium hydride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 239000003826 tablet Substances 0.000 description 3
- RMVRSNDYEFQCLF-UHFFFAOYSA-N thiophenol Chemical compound SC1=CC=CC=C1 RMVRSNDYEFQCLF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- SBXWFLISHPUINY-UHFFFAOYSA-N triphenyltin Chemical compound C1=CC=CC=C1[Sn](C=1C=CC=CC=1)C1=CC=CC=C1 SBXWFLISHPUINY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- KWGRBVOPPLSCSI-WPRPVWTQSA-N (-)-ephedrine Chemical compound CN[C@@H](C)[C@H](O)C1=CC=CC=C1 KWGRBVOPPLSCSI-WPRPVWTQSA-N 0.000 description 2
- DNCYBUMDUBHIJZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1h-pyrimidin-6-one Chemical compound O=C1C=CN=CN1 DNCYBUMDUBHIJZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- BAXHMAMMGXBDDR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,6-diethyl-5-iodo-1h-pyrimidin-4-one Chemical compound CCC1=NC(=O)C(I)=C(CC)N1 BAXHMAMMGXBDDR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- WZTQERYLERPOOQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,6-diethyl-5-iodopyrimidin-4-amine Chemical compound CCC1=NC(N)=C(I)C(CC)=N1 WZTQERYLERPOOQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- BJJDXAFKCKSLTE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,6-dimethylpyrimidin-4-amine Chemical compound CC1=CC(N)=NC(C)=N1 BJJDXAFKCKSLTE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- PXBFMLJZNCDSMP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-Aminobenzamide Chemical compound NC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1N PXBFMLJZNCDSMP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- HZAXFHJVJLSVMW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-Aminoethan-1-ol Chemical compound NCCO HZAXFHJVJLSVMW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- VHYFNPMBLIVWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-Dimethylaminopyridine Chemical compound CN(C)C1=CC=NC=C1 VHYFNPMBLIVWCW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- NQKUXPSEFRBINU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-chloro-2,6-diethyl-5-iodopyrimidine Chemical compound CCC1=NC(Cl)=C(I)C(CC)=N1 NQKUXPSEFRBINU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ZCYVEMRRCGMTRW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 7553-56-2 Chemical compound [I] ZCYVEMRRCGMTRW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 208000024827 Alzheimer disease Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 206010002091 Anaesthesia Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 102000005862 Angiotensin II Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 101800000733 Angiotensin-2 Proteins 0.000 description 2
- XKRFYHLGVUSROY-UHFFFAOYSA-N Argon Chemical compound [Ar] XKRFYHLGVUSROY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-M Chloride anion Chemical compound [Cl-] VEXZGXHMUGYJMC-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-WFGJKAKNSA-N Dimethyl sulfoxide Chemical compound [2H]C([2H])([2H])S(=O)C([2H])([2H])[2H] IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-WFGJKAKNSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 241000282326 Felis catus Species 0.000 description 2
- 241000282412 Homo Species 0.000 description 2
- 206010020571 Hyperaldosteronism Diseases 0.000 description 2
- CZGUSIXMZVURDU-JZXHSEFVSA-N Ile(5)-angiotensin II Chemical compound C([C@@H](C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)CC)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1NC=NC=1)C(=O)N1[C@@H](CCC1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C=CC=CC=1)C([O-])=O)NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)[C@H](CCCNC(N)=[NH2+])NC(=O)[C@@H]([NH3+])CC([O-])=O)C(C)C)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 CZGUSIXMZVURDU-JZXHSEFVSA-N 0.000 description 2
- WHXSMMKQMYFTQS-UHFFFAOYSA-N Lithium Chemical compound [Li] WHXSMMKQMYFTQS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- BZLVMXJERCGZMT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methyl tert-butyl ether Chemical compound COC(C)(C)C BZLVMXJERCGZMT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- LRHPLDYGYMQRHN-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-Butanol Chemical compound CCCCO LRHPLDYGYMQRHN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- PCLIMKBDDGJMGD-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-bromosuccinimide Chemical compound BrN1C(=O)CCC1=O PCLIMKBDDGJMGD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- CTQNGGLPUBDAKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N O-Xylene Chemical compound CC1=CC=CC=C1C CTQNGGLPUBDAKN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 241000283973 Oryctolagus cuniculus Species 0.000 description 2
- NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Phosphoric acid Chemical compound OP(O)(O)=O NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- JUJWROOIHBZHMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Pyridine Chemical compound C1=CC=NC=C1 JUJWROOIHBZHMG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 108090000783 Renin Proteins 0.000 description 2
- VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Silicium dioxide Chemical compound O=[Si]=O VYPSYNLAJGMNEJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- PXIPVTKHYLBLMZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sodium azide Chemical compound [Na+].[N-]=[N+]=[N-] PXIPVTKHYLBLMZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- DTQVDTLACAAQTR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Trifluoroacetic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C(F)(F)F DTQVDTLACAAQTR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- PDNOURKEZJZJNZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N [4-(bromomethyl)phenyl]boronic acid Chemical compound OB(O)C1=CC=C(CBr)C=C1 PDNOURKEZJZJNZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229960002478 aldosterone Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 229910000288 alkali metal carbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 150000008041 alkali metal carbonates Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 229910000102 alkali metal hydride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 150000008046 alkali metal hydrides Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 150000004703 alkoxides Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 125000004644 alkyl sulfinyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000004390 alkyl sulfonyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000004414 alkyl thio group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 238000001949 anaesthesia Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000037005 anaesthesia Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229950006323 angiotensin ii Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 230000003042 antagnostic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000004305 biphenyl Substances 0.000 description 2
- 235000010290 biphenyl Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 125000006267 biphenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000000319 biphenyl-4-yl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C([H])C([H])=C1C1=C([H])C([H])=C([*])C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 2
- 230000031709 bromination Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000005893 bromination reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- OSGAYBCDTDRGGQ-UHFFFAOYSA-L calcium sulfate Chemical compound [Ca+2].[O-]S([O-])(=O)=O OSGAYBCDTDRGGQ-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 2
- 210000004027 cell Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 230000008602 contraction Effects 0.000 description 2
- ZZVUWRFHKOJYTH-UHFFFAOYSA-N diphenhydramine Chemical group C=1C=CC=CC=1C(OCCN(C)C)C1=CC=CC=C1 ZZVUWRFHKOJYTH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000004914 dipropylamino group Chemical group C(CC)N(CCC)* 0.000 description 2
- 239000003792 electrolyte Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000000839 emulsion Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000004705 ethylthio group Chemical group C(C)S* 0.000 description 2
- 239000000374 eutectic mixture Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229960003883 furosemide Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 150000002391 heterocyclic compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 239000003701 inert diluent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000012442 inert solvent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000003993 interaction Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000011630 iodine Substances 0.000 description 2
- WMFOQBRAJBCJND-UHFFFAOYSA-M lithium hydroxide Inorganic materials [Li+].[OH-] WMFOQBRAJBCJND-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 2
- 235000019359 magnesium stearate Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 229910052943 magnesium sulfate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- BDAGIHXWWSANSR-UHFFFAOYSA-N methanoic acid Natural products OC=O BDAGIHXWWSANSR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 125000002816 methylsulfanyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])S[*] 0.000 description 2
- 239000012074 organic phase Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000007911 parenteral administration Methods 0.000 description 2
- ZUOUZKKEUPVFJK-UHFFFAOYSA-N phenylbenzene Natural products C1=CC=CC=C1C1=CC=CC=C1 ZUOUZKKEUPVFJK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229910052700 potassium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- LPNYRYFBWFDTMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N potassium tert-butoxide Chemical compound [K+].CC(C)(C)[O-] LPNYRYFBWFDTMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000036584 pressor response Effects 0.000 description 2
- 201000009395 primary hyperaldosteronism Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 239000008213 purified water Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000004528 pyrimidin-5-yl group Chemical group N1=CN=CC(=C1)* 0.000 description 2
- 230000009467 reduction Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229920006395 saturated elastomer Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 229910000030 sodium bicarbonate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 235000017557 sodium bicarbonate Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- QDRKDTQENPPHOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N sodium ethoxide Chemical compound [Na+].CC[O-] QDRKDTQENPPHOJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000001228 spectrum Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000010561 standard procedure Methods 0.000 description 2
- CZDYPVPMEAXLPK-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetramethylsilane Chemical compound C[Si](C)(C)C CZDYPVPMEAXLPK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- FYSNRJHAOHDILO-UHFFFAOYSA-N thionyl chloride Chemical compound ClS(Cl)=O FYSNRJHAOHDILO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 210000001519 tissue Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- JOXIMZWYDAKGHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N toluene-4-sulfonic acid Chemical compound CC1=CC=C(S(O)(=O)=O)C=C1 JOXIMZWYDAKGHI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000002110 toxicologic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 231100000027 toxicology Toxicity 0.000 description 2
- 239000008096 xylene Substances 0.000 description 2
- SFLSHLFXELFNJZ-QMMMGPOBSA-N (-)-norepinephrine Chemical compound NC[C@H](O)C1=CC=C(O)C(O)=C1 SFLSHLFXELFNJZ-QMMMGPOBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- METKIMKYRPQLGS-GFCCVEGCSA-N (R)-atenolol Chemical compound CC(C)NC[C@@H](O)COC1=CC=C(CC(N)=O)C=C1 METKIMKYRPQLGS-GFCCVEGCSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PEZNEXFPRSOYPL-UHFFFAOYSA-N (bis(trifluoroacetoxy)iodo)benzene Chemical compound FC(F)(F)C(=O)OI(OC(=O)C(F)(F)F)C1=CC=CC=C1 PEZNEXFPRSOYPL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- UOCLXMDMGBRAIB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,1,1-trichloroethane Chemical compound CC(Cl)(Cl)Cl UOCLXMDMGBRAIB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- APQIUTYORBAGEZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1,1-dibromoethane Chemical compound CC(Br)Br APQIUTYORBAGEZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RQEUFEKYXDPUSK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 1-phenylethylamine Chemical compound CC(N)C1=CC=CC=C1 RQEUFEKYXDPUSK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XEZNGIUYQVAUSS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 18-crown-6 Chemical compound C1COCCOCCOCCOCCOCCO1 XEZNGIUYQVAUSS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000008081 1H-pyrimidin-4-ones Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- WZDLZEZYJHCJRC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,6-diethyl-1h-pyrimidin-4-one Chemical compound CCC1=CC(=O)N=C(CC)N1 WZDLZEZYJHCJRC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VHPFQVQHOZIQDG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,6-diethyl-5-(4-methylphenyl)pyrimidin-4-amine Chemical compound CCC1=NC(CC)=NC(N)=C1C1=CC=C(C)C=C1 VHPFQVQHOZIQDG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OKAMBBMMDHPMLC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,6-diethylpyrimidin-4-amine hydrochloride Chemical compound Cl.NC1=NC(=NC(=C1)CC)CC OKAMBBMMDHPMLC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GZHAXSWQKZEPSF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2,6-dimethyl-N-[[4-[2-(2-trityltetrazol-5-yl)phenyl]phenyl]methyl]pyrimidin-4-amine Chemical compound CC1=NC(=CC(=N1)NCC1=CC=C(C=C1)C1=C(C=CC=C1)C=1N=NN(N1)C(C1=CC=CC=C1)(C1=CC=CC=C1)C1=CC=CC=C1)C GZHAXSWQKZEPSF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OZAIFHULBGXAKX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(2-cyanopropan-2-yldiazenyl)-2-methylpropanenitrile Chemical compound N#CC(C)(C)N=NC(C)(C)C#N OZAIFHULBGXAKX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LUANCFNZZLKBOQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-ethyl-1h-quinazolin-4-one Chemical compound C1=CC=C2NC(CC)=NC(=O)C2=C1 LUANCFNZZLKBOQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KTDBTJBHJSAMGJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-ethyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydroquinazolin-4-amine Chemical compound C1CCCC2=NC(CC)=NC(N)=C21 KTDBTJBHJSAMGJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FSLCRTAMUQQOBQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-ethylquinazolin-4-amine Chemical compound C1=CC=CC2=NC(CC)=NC(N)=C21 FSLCRTAMUQQOBQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QOXOZONBQWIKDA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 3-hydroxypropyl Chemical group [CH2]CCO QOXOZONBQWIKDA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BDCLDNALSPBWPQ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 3-oxohexanoate Chemical compound CCCC(=O)CC([O-])=O BDCLDNALSPBWPQ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- OSWFIVFLDKOXQC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-(3-methoxyphenyl)aniline Chemical compound COC1=CC=CC(C=2C=CC(N)=CC=2)=C1 OSWFIVFLDKOXQC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QCQCHGYLTSGIGX-GHXANHINSA-N 4-[[(3ar,5ar,5br,7ar,9s,11ar,11br,13as)-5a,5b,8,8,11a-pentamethyl-3a-[(5-methylpyridine-3-carbonyl)amino]-2-oxo-1-propan-2-yl-4,5,6,7,7a,9,10,11,11b,12,13,13a-dodecahydro-3h-cyclopenta[a]chrysen-9-yl]oxy]-2,2-dimethyl-4-oxobutanoic acid Chemical compound N([C@@]12CC[C@@]3(C)[C@]4(C)CC[C@H]5C(C)(C)[C@@H](OC(=O)CC(C)(C)C(O)=O)CC[C@]5(C)[C@H]4CC[C@@H]3C1=C(C(C2)=O)C(C)C)C(=O)C1=CN=CC(C)=C1 QCQCHGYLTSGIGX-GHXANHINSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LYBCSGMFCMGFCP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-chloro-2,6-diethyl-5-(4-methylphenyl)pyrimidine Chemical compound CCC1=NC(CC)=NC(Cl)=C1C1=CC=C(C)C=C1 LYBCSGMFCMGFCP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GSXFOGXQLRLSKK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-chloro-2,6-dimethylpyrimidine Chemical compound CC1=CC(Cl)=NC(C)=N1 GSXFOGXQLRLSKK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WYVHIVIYHIIDPS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-chloro-2-ethyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydroquinazoline Chemical compound C1CCCC2=NC(CC)=NC(Cl)=C21 WYVHIVIYHIIDPS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RDUNVFMFQKNWBM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-chloro-2-ethylquinazoline Chemical compound C1=CC=CC2=NC(CC)=NC(Cl)=C21 RDUNVFMFQKNWBM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HYGQSLVAWYBSPU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 4-iodo-2,6-dimethylpyrimidine Chemical compound CC1=CC(I)=NC(C)=N1 HYGQSLVAWYBSPU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FJNXYAZKSVGUEN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5-benzyl-2,6-diethylpyrimidin-4-amine Chemical compound CCC1=NC(CC)=NC(N)=C1CC1=CC=CC=C1 FJNXYAZKSVGUEN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SUTSGPFEFFZTOH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5-benzyl-4-chloro-2,6-diethylpyrimidine Chemical compound CCC1=NC(CC)=NC(Cl)=C1CC1=CC=CC=C1 SUTSGPFEFFZTOH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IJIBRSFAXRFPPN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5-bromo-2-methoxybenzaldehyde Chemical compound COC1=CC=C(Br)C=C1C=O IJIBRSFAXRFPPN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-M Acetate Chemical compound CC([O-])=O QTBSBXVTEAMEQO-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- PQSUYGKTWSAVDQ-ZVIOFETBSA-N Aldosterone Chemical compound C([C@@]1([C@@H](C(=O)CO)CC[C@H]1[C@@H]1CC2)C=O)[C@H](O)[C@@H]1[C@]1(C)C2=CC(=O)CC1 PQSUYGKTWSAVDQ-ZVIOFETBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PQSUYGKTWSAVDQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Aldosterone Natural products C1CC2C3CCC(C(=O)CO)C3(C=O)CC(O)C2C2(C)C1=CC(=O)CC2 PQSUYGKTWSAVDQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-O Ammonium Chemical compound [NH4+] QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-O 0.000 description 1
- 208000000044 Amnesia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000031091 Amnestic disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 101800000734 Angiotensin-1 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102400000344 Angiotensin-1 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 102000004881 Angiotensinogen Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090001067 Angiotensinogen Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 208000019901 Anxiety disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102000004506 Blood Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010017384 Blood Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 241000283690 Bos taurus Species 0.000 description 1
- CPELXLSAUQHCOX-UHFFFAOYSA-M Bromide Chemical compound [Br-] CPELXLSAUQHCOX-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- WKBOTKDWSSQWDR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Bromine atom Chemical compound [Br] WKBOTKDWSSQWDR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FIPWRIJSWJWJAI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Butyl carbitol 6-propylpiperonyl ether Chemical compound C1=C(CCC)C(COCCOCCOCCCC)=CC2=C1OCO2 FIPWRIJSWJWJAI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OYPRJOBELJOOCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Calcium Chemical compound [Ca] OYPRJOBELJOOCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940127291 Calcium channel antagonist Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000004215 Carbon black (E152) Substances 0.000 description 1
- BVKZGUZCCUSVTD-UHFFFAOYSA-L Carbonate Chemical compound [O-]C([O-])=O BVKZGUZCCUSVTD-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 241000700199 Cavia porcellus Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000282693 Cercopithecidae Species 0.000 description 1
- JZUFKLXOESDKRF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Chlorothiazide Chemical compound C1=C(Cl)C(S(=O)(=O)N)=CC2=C1NCNS2(=O)=O JZUFKLXOESDKRF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XDTMQSROBMDMFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Cyclohexane Chemical compound C1CCCCC1 XDTMQSROBMDMFD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241000283086 Equidae Species 0.000 description 1
- JIGUQPWFLRLWPJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethyl acrylate Chemical compound CCOC(=O)C=C JIGUQPWFLRLWPJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000010412 Glaucoma Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000005909 Kieselgur Substances 0.000 description 1
- GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-QKKXKWKRSA-N Lactose Natural products OC[C@H]1O[C@@H](O[C@H]2[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C(O)O[C@@H]2CO)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H]1O GUBGYTABKSRVRQ-QKKXKWKRSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 208000020358 Learning disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108010007859 Lisinopril Proteins 0.000 description 1
- AFVFQIVMOAPDHO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methanesulfonic acid Chemical class CS(O)(=O)=O AFVFQIVMOAPDHO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 241001072332 Monia Species 0.000 description 1
- 241000699670 Mus sp. Species 0.000 description 1
- 206010030043 Ocular hypertension Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000002202 Polyethylene glycol Substances 0.000 description 1
- 208000001647 Renal Insufficiency Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102100028255 Renin Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 206010039966 Senile dementia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010041277 Sodium retention Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229920002472 Starch Polymers 0.000 description 1
- QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sulfuric acid Chemical compound OS(O)(=O)=O QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GXBMIBRIOWHPDT-UHFFFAOYSA-N Vasopressin Natural products N1C(=O)C(CC=2C=C(O)C=CC=2)NC(=O)C(N)CSSCC(C(=O)N2C(CCC2)C(=O)NC(CCCN=C(N)N)C(=O)NCC(N)=O)NC(=O)C(CC(N)=O)NC(=O)C(CCC(N)=O)NC(=O)C1CC1=CC=CC=C1 GXBMIBRIOWHPDT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000002852 Vasopressins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010004977 Vasopressins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- HCHKCACWOHOZIP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Zinc Chemical compound [Zn] HCHKCACWOHOZIP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FRTNIYVUDIHXPG-UHFFFAOYSA-N acetic acid;ethane-1,2-diamine Chemical class CC(O)=O.CC(O)=O.CC(O)=O.CC(O)=O.NCCN FRTNIYVUDIHXPG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000003377 acid catalyst Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000005903 acid hydrolysis reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000010933 acylation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000005917 acylation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000004100 adrenal gland Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000003513 alkali Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000004183 alkoxy alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229910000147 aluminium phosphate Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 150000001408 amides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 230000006986 amnesia Effects 0.000 description 1
- ORWYRWWVDCYOMK-HBZPZAIKSA-N angiotensin I Chemical compound C([C@@H](C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)CC)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1NC=NC=1)C(=O)N1[C@@H](CCC1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C=CC=CC=1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1NC=NC=1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)[C@H](CCCN=C(N)N)NC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC(O)=O)C(C)C)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 ORWYRWWVDCYOMK-HBZPZAIKSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000008064 anhydrides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000010171 animal model Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000036506 anxiety Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000000709 aorta Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000008346 aqueous phase Substances 0.000 description 1
- KBZOIRJILGZLEJ-LGYYRGKSSA-N argipressin Chemical compound C([C@H]1C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CSSC[C@@H](C(N[C@@H](CC=2C=CC(O)=CC=2)C(=O)N1)=O)N)C(=O)N1[C@@H](CCC1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCN=C(N)N)C(=O)NCC(N)=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 KBZOIRJILGZLEJ-LGYYRGKSSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052786 argon Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000012300 argon atmosphere Substances 0.000 description 1
- YCOXTKKNXUZSKD-UHFFFAOYSA-N as-o-xylenol Natural products CC1=CC=C(O)C=C1C YCOXTKKNXUZSKD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960002274 atenolol Drugs 0.000 description 1
- BJUSKQNPSWYMEI-UHFFFAOYSA-N azido(triphenyl)stannane Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1[Sn](C=1C=CC=CC=1)(N=[N+]=[N-])C1=CC=CC=C1 BJUSKQNPSWYMEI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000009286 beneficial effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960000686 benzalkonium chloride Drugs 0.000 description 1
- PASDCCFISLVPSO-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzoyl chloride Chemical class ClC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 PASDCCFISLVPSO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000019445 benzyl alcohol Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- AGEZXYOZHKGVCM-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzyl bromide Chemical compound BrCC1=CC=CC=C1 AGEZXYOZHKGVCM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CADWTSSKOVRVJC-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzyl(dimethyl)azanium;chloride Chemical compound [Cl-].C[NH+](C)CC1=CC=CC=C1 CADWTSSKOVRVJC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000002876 beta blocker Substances 0.000 description 1
- ZADPBFCGQRWHPN-UHFFFAOYSA-N boronic acid Chemical compound OBO ZADPBFCGQRWHPN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GDTBXPJZTBHREO-UHFFFAOYSA-N bromine Substances BrBr GDTBXPJZTBHREO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229910052794 bromium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- WQAQPCDUOCURKW-UHFFFAOYSA-N butanethiol Chemical compound CCCCS WQAQPCDUOCURKW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000006309 butyl amino group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229910052791 calcium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000011575 calcium Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000480 calcium channel blocker Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000001175 calcium sulphate Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000011132 calcium sulphate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 125000005587 carbonate group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000000747 cardiac effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000009903 catalytic hydrogenation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000001913 cellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920002678 cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 208000026106 cerebrovascular disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000007795 chemical reaction product Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003153 chemical reaction reagent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000011248 coating agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000000576 coating method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 208000010877 cognitive disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000002648 combination therapy Methods 0.000 description 1
- JNGZXGGOCLZBFB-IVCQMTBJSA-N compound E Chemical compound N([C@@H](C)C(=O)N[C@@H]1C(N(C)C2=CC=CC=C2C(C=2C=CC=CC=2)=N1)=O)C(=O)CC1=CC(F)=CC(F)=C1 JNGZXGGOCLZBFB-IVCQMTBJSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000002425 crystallisation Methods 0.000 description 1
- KWGRBVOPPLSCSI-UHFFFAOYSA-N d-ephedrine Natural products CNC(C)C(O)C1=CC=CC=C1 KWGRBVOPPLSCSI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000003226 decolorizating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000012024 dehydrating agents Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000010511 deprotection reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000011161 development Methods 0.000 description 1
- 235000005911 diet Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000037213 diet Effects 0.000 description 1
- HPNMFZURTQLUMO-UHFFFAOYSA-N diethylamine Chemical compound CCNCC HPNMFZURTQLUMO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960001760 dimethyl sulfoxide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- GPAYUJZHTULNBE-UHFFFAOYSA-N diphenylphosphine Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1PC1=CC=CC=C1 GPAYUJZHTULNBE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000006185 dispersion Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000004090 dissolution Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000002934 diuretic Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000001882 diuretic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000006575 electron-withdrawing group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229960002179 ephedrine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- DNJIEGIFACGWOD-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethanethiol Chemical compound CCS DNJIEGIFACGWOD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FGSGHBPKHFDJOP-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethyl 2-oxocyclohexane-1-carboxylate Chemical compound CCOC(=O)C1CCCCC1=O FGSGHBPKHFDJOP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000011156 evaluation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000004428 fluoroalkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 235000019253 formic acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000009472 formulation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000001640 fractional crystallisation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000026030 halogenation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000005658 halogenation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000010438 heat treatment Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000013632 homeostatic process Effects 0.000 description 1
- BICAGYDGRXJYGD-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydrobromide;hydrochloride Chemical compound Cl.Br BICAGYDGRXJYGD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229930195733 hydrocarbon Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 150000002430 hydrocarbons Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229960002003 hydrochlorothiazide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000005984 hydrogenation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000007327 hydrogenolysis reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000002440 hydroxy compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000005113 hydroxyalkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000002768 hydroxyalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 238000011534 incubation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003112 inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002401 inhibitory effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000005764 inhibitory process Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000002198 insoluble material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000007918 intramuscular administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000001990 intravenous administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- SNHMUERNLJLMHN-UHFFFAOYSA-N iodobenzene Chemical compound IC1=CC=CC=C1 SNHMUERNLJLMHN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000002500 ions Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 201000006370 kidney failure Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000008101 lactose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 201000003723 learning disability Diseases 0.000 description 1
- RLAWWYSOJDYHDC-BZSNNMDCSA-N lisinopril Chemical compound C([C@H](N[C@@H](CCCCN)C(=O)N1[C@@H](CCC1)C(O)=O)C(O)=O)CC1=CC=CC=C1 RLAWWYSOJDYHDC-BZSNNMDCSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960002394 lisinopril Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229910052744 lithium Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000012280 lithium aluminium hydride Substances 0.000 description 1
- 241001515942 marmosets Species 0.000 description 1
- 230000007246 mechanism Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000008018 melting Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000002844 melting Methods 0.000 description 1
- IBIKHMZPHNKTHM-RDTXWAMCSA-N merck compound 25 Chemical compound C1C[C@@H](C(O)=O)[C@H](O)CN1C(C1=C(F)C=CC=C11)=NN1C(=O)C1=C(Cl)C=CC=C1C1CC1 IBIKHMZPHNKTHM-RDTXWAMCSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NBTOZLQBSIZIKS-UHFFFAOYSA-N methoxide Chemical compound [O-]C NBTOZLQBSIZIKS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229920000609 methyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000001923 methylcellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002480 mineral oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010446 mineral oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 208000010125 myocardial infarction Diseases 0.000 description 1
- HJDKVRSWZYIPOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N n,2,6-trimethylpyrimidin-4-amine Chemical compound CNC1=CC(C)=NC(C)=N1 HJDKVRSWZYIPOY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WSLOBJAPCPPION-UHFFFAOYSA-N n-butyl-2,6-dimethyl-n-[[4-[2-(2h-tetrazol-5-yl)phenyl]phenyl]methyl]pyrimidin-4-amine Chemical compound C=1C(C)=NC(C)=NC=1N(CCCC)CC(C=C1)=CC=C1C1=CC=CC=C1C=1N=NNN=1 WSLOBJAPCPPION-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SLCVBVWXLSEKPL-UHFFFAOYSA-N neopentyl glycol Chemical compound OCC(C)(C)CO SLCVBVWXLSEKPL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HYIMSNHJOBLJNT-UHFFFAOYSA-N nifedipine Chemical compound COC(=O)C1=C(C)NC(C)=C(C(=O)OC)C1C1=CC=CC=C1[N+]([O-])=O HYIMSNHJOBLJNT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960001597 nifedipine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000006501 nitrophenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000012454 non-polar solvent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960002748 norepinephrine Drugs 0.000 description 1
- SFLSHLFXELFNJZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N norepinephrine Natural products NCC(O)C1=CC=C(O)C(O)=C1 SFLSHLFXELFNJZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000007524 organic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 235000005985 organic acids Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000003960 organic solvent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000003647 oxidation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007254 oxidation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000000636 p-nitrophenyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C(=C([H])C([H])=C1*)[N+]([O-])=O 0.000 description 1
- WXHIJDCHNDBCNY-UHFFFAOYSA-N palladium dihydride Chemical compound [PdH2] WXHIJDCHNDBCNY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MUJIDPITZJWBSW-UHFFFAOYSA-N palladium(2+) Chemical compound [Pd+2] MUJIDPITZJWBSW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LXNAVEXFUKBNMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N palladium(II) acetate Substances [Pd].CC(O)=O.CC(O)=O LXNAVEXFUKBNMK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PIBWKRNGBLPSSY-UHFFFAOYSA-L palladium(II) chloride Chemical compound Cl[Pd]Cl PIBWKRNGBLPSSY-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- YJVFFLUZDVXJQI-UHFFFAOYSA-L palladium(ii) acetate Chemical compound [Pd+2].CC([O-])=O.CC([O-])=O YJVFFLUZDVXJQI-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- RGSFGYAAUTVSQA-UHFFFAOYSA-N pentamethylene Natural products C1CCCC1 RGSFGYAAUTVSQA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000004817 pentamethylene group Chemical group [H]C([H])([*:2])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[*:1] 0.000 description 1
- PNJWIWWMYCMZRO-UHFFFAOYSA-N pent‐4‐en‐2‐one Natural products CC(=O)CC=C PNJWIWWMYCMZRO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000002831 pharmacologic agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000012071 phase Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003444 phase transfer catalyst Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000000951 phenoxy group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(O*)C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000003884 phenylalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000001766 physiological effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229960005235 piperonyl butoxide Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 210000002381 plasma Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229920001223 polyethylene glycol Polymers 0.000 description 1
- XAEFZNCEHLXOMS-UHFFFAOYSA-M potassium benzoate Chemical compound [K+].[O-]C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 XAEFZNCEHLXOMS-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 235000015497 potassium bicarbonate Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229910000105 potassium hydride Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- XSLXFZSWOBWFMB-UHFFFAOYSA-M potassium;4-fluorobenzenethiolate Chemical compound [K+].FC1=CC=C([S-])C=C1 XSLXFZSWOBWFMB-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- BEBPTRYPELOERP-UHFFFAOYSA-M potassium;methanethiolate Chemical compound [K+].[S-]C BEBPTRYPELOERP-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- FUDQGOMMLGTBTM-UHFFFAOYSA-M potassium;propane-1-thiolate Chemical compound [K+].CCC[S-] FUDQGOMMLGTBTM-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 230000003389 potentiating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000000843 powder Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000011165 process development Methods 0.000 description 1
- IKNCGYCHMGNBCP-UHFFFAOYSA-N propan-1-olate Chemical compound CCC[O-] IKNCGYCHMGNBCP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SUVIGLJNEAMWEG-UHFFFAOYSA-N propane-1-thiol Chemical compound CCCS SUVIGLJNEAMWEG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DFWRZHZPJJAJMX-UHFFFAOYSA-N propanimidamide;hydrochloride Chemical compound Cl.CCC(N)=N DFWRZHZPJJAJMX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000002572 propoxy group Chemical group [*]OC([H])([H])C(C([H])([H])[H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 208000020016 psychiatric disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- UMJSCPRVCHMLSP-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyridine Natural products COC1=CC=CN=C1 UMJSCPRVCHMLSP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000008518 pyridopyrimidines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229940083082 pyrimidine derivative acting on arteriolar smooth muscle Drugs 0.000 description 1
- HBCQSNAFLVXVAY-UHFFFAOYSA-N pyrimidine-2-thiol Chemical compound SC1=NC=CC=N1 HBCQSNAFLVXVAY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JWVCLYRUEFBMGU-UHFFFAOYSA-N quinazoline Chemical compound N1=CN=CC2=CC=CC=C21 JWVCLYRUEFBMGU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000009257 reactivity Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000029865 regulation of blood pressure Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000894 saliuretic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000012266 salt solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 201000000980 schizophrenia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 235000015424 sodium Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- HRZFUMHJMZEROT-UHFFFAOYSA-L sodium disulfite Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[O-]S(=O)S([O-])(=O)=O HRZFUMHJMZEROT-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 239000004296 sodium metabisulphite Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010262 sodium metabisulphite Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- RBWSWDPRDBEWCR-RKJRWTFHSA-N sodium;(2r)-2-[(2r)-3,4-dihydroxy-5-oxo-2h-furan-2-yl]-2-hydroxyethanolate Chemical class [Na+].[O-]C[C@@H](O)[C@H]1OC(=O)C(O)=C1O RBWSWDPRDBEWCR-RKJRWTFHSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000003506 spasmogen Substances 0.000 description 1
- 241000894007 species Species 0.000 description 1
- 239000008107 starch Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000019698 starch Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000000638 stimulation Effects 0.000 description 1
- YBBRCQOCSYXUOC-UHFFFAOYSA-N sulfuryl dichloride Chemical compound ClS(Cl)(=O)=O YBBRCQOCSYXUOC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000001117 sulphuric acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000011149 sulphuric acid Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000003786 synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000003512 tertiary amines Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- JRMUNVKIHCOMHV-UHFFFAOYSA-M tetrabutylammonium bromide Chemical compound [Br-].CCCC[N+](CCCC)(CCCC)CCCC JRMUNVKIHCOMHV-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 125000000383 tetramethylene group Chemical group [H]C([H])([*:1])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[*:2] 0.000 description 1
- 229940124597 therapeutic agent Drugs 0.000 description 1
- PIILXFBHQILWPS-UHFFFAOYSA-N tributyltin Chemical compound CCCC[Sn](CCCC)CCCC PIILXFBHQILWPS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MDJHNFZNJNDPTM-UHFFFAOYSA-M trimethyl(1-phenylethyl)azanium;hydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].C[N+](C)(C)C(C)C1=CC=CC=C1 MDJHNFZNJNDPTM-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 125000003258 trimethylene group Chemical group [H]C([H])([*:2])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[*:1] 0.000 description 1
- LYRCQNDYYRPFMF-UHFFFAOYSA-N trimethyltin Chemical compound C[Sn](C)C LYRCQNDYYRPFMF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000002792 vascular Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000009723 vascular congestion Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000005166 vasculature Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000005526 vasoconstrictor agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229960003726 vasopressin Drugs 0.000 description 1
Classifications
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D403/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00
- C07D403/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00 containing two hetero rings
- C07D403/12—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00 containing two hetero rings linked by a chain containing hetero atoms as chain links
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P43/00—Drugs for specific purposes, not provided for in groups A61P1/00-A61P41/00
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P5/00—Drugs for disorders of the endocrine system
- A61P5/38—Drugs for disorders of the endocrine system of the suprarenal hormones
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P9/00—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P9/00—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
- A61P9/12—Antihypertensives
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D471/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with one nitrogen atom, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D463/00
- C07D471/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms in the condensed system, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with one nitrogen atom, not provided for by groups C07D451/00 - C07D463/00 in which the condensed system contains two hetero rings
- C07D471/04—Ortho-condensed systems
Landscapes
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Organic Chemistry (AREA)
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
- General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
- General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
- Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
- Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
- Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
- Public Health (AREA)
- Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
- Cardiology (AREA)
- Heart & Thoracic Surgery (AREA)
- Diabetes (AREA)
- Endocrinology (AREA)
- Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)
- Plural Heterocyclic Compounds (AREA)
- Nitrogen Condensed Heterocyclic Rings (AREA)
Abstract
ABSTRACT
HETEROCYCLIC DERIVATIVES
The invention concerns pharmaceutically useful compounds of the formula I, in which R1, R2, R3, R4 and A1 have the various meanings defined herein, and their non-toxic salts, and pharmaceutical compositions containing them. The novel compounds are of value in treating conditions such as hypertension and congestive heart failure.
The invention further concerns processes for the manufacture of the novel compounds and the use of the compounds in medical treatment.
HETEROCYCLIC DERIVATIVES
The invention concerns pharmaceutically useful compounds of the formula I, in which R1, R2, R3, R4 and A1 have the various meanings defined herein, and their non-toxic salts, and pharmaceutical compositions containing them. The novel compounds are of value in treating conditions such as hypertension and congestive heart failure.
The invention further concerns processes for the manufacture of the novel compounds and the use of the compounds in medical treatment.
Description
`~
~ 2~82~
I~ETEROCYCLIC DERIVATIVI~S
This invention concerns novel heterocyclic d~rivatives and, more particularly, novel pyrimidine derivatives which possess pharmacologically useful properties in antagonising at least in part one or more of the actions of the substances known as angiotensins, and in particular of that known as angiotensin II (hereinafter re~erred to as "AII"). The invention also concerns pharmaceutical compositions of the novel compounds for use in treating diseases or medical conditions such as hypertension, congestive heart failure and/or hyperaldosteronism in warm-blooded animals (including man), as well as in other diseases or medical conditions in which the renin-angiotensin-aldosterone system plays a significant causative role. The invention also includes processes for the manufacture of the novel compounds and their use in treating one of the afore-mentioned diseases or medical conditions and for ~he production of novel pharmaceuticals for use in such medical treatments.
The angiotensins are key mediators of the renin-angiotensin-aldosterone system, which is involved in the control of homeostasis and fluid/electrolyte balance in many warm-blooded animals, including man. The angiotensin known as AII is produced by the action of angiotensin converting enzyme (ACE) on angiotensin I, itself produced by tbe action of the enzyme renin on the blood plasma protein angiotensinogen. AII is a potent spasmogen especially in ~he vasculature and is kno~n to increase vascular resistance and blood pressure. In addition, the angiotensins are known to stimulate the release of aldosterone and hence result in vascular congestion and hypertension vla sodium and fluid retention mechanisms. Hitherto there have been a number of different approaches to pharmacological intervention in the renin-angiotensin-aldosterone system for therapeutic control of blood pressure andJor fluid/electrolyte balance, including, for example, inhibiting the actions of renin or ACE. Ho~ever, there remains a continuing need for an alternative approach because of the side-effects and/or idiosyncratic reactions associated with any particular therapeutic approach.
. .
~ 2~82~
I~ETEROCYCLIC DERIVATIVI~S
This invention concerns novel heterocyclic d~rivatives and, more particularly, novel pyrimidine derivatives which possess pharmacologically useful properties in antagonising at least in part one or more of the actions of the substances known as angiotensins, and in particular of that known as angiotensin II (hereinafter re~erred to as "AII"). The invention also concerns pharmaceutical compositions of the novel compounds for use in treating diseases or medical conditions such as hypertension, congestive heart failure and/or hyperaldosteronism in warm-blooded animals (including man), as well as in other diseases or medical conditions in which the renin-angiotensin-aldosterone system plays a significant causative role. The invention also includes processes for the manufacture of the novel compounds and their use in treating one of the afore-mentioned diseases or medical conditions and for ~he production of novel pharmaceuticals for use in such medical treatments.
The angiotensins are key mediators of the renin-angiotensin-aldosterone system, which is involved in the control of homeostasis and fluid/electrolyte balance in many warm-blooded animals, including man. The angiotensin known as AII is produced by the action of angiotensin converting enzyme (ACE) on angiotensin I, itself produced by tbe action of the enzyme renin on the blood plasma protein angiotensinogen. AII is a potent spasmogen especially in ~he vasculature and is kno~n to increase vascular resistance and blood pressure. In addition, the angiotensins are known to stimulate the release of aldosterone and hence result in vascular congestion and hypertension vla sodium and fluid retention mechanisms. Hitherto there have been a number of different approaches to pharmacological intervention in the renin-angiotensin-aldosterone system for therapeutic control of blood pressure andJor fluid/electrolyte balance, including, for example, inhibiting the actions of renin or ACE. Ho~ever, there remains a continuing need for an alternative approach because of the side-effects and/or idiosyncratic reactions associated with any particular therapeutic approach.
. .
2~82~
Certain pyrimidines having ~II antagonist activity are disclosed in European patent application, publication no. (EPA) 424317, EPA 465323 and International Patent Application, Publication No. W0 ~1/15209. EPA 475206 and US patent 5149699 (both published after the priority date of the present invention) disclose respectively certain pyrimidines and pyridopyrimidines having AII
antagonist activity. In EPA 475206 there is disclosed the compound 4-[N-butyl-N-(2'-(lH-tetrazol-5-yl)biphenyl-4-ylmethyl)amino]-2,6-dimethylpyrimidine.
We have now discovered that the compounds of the invention (set out below) surprisingly antagonise one or more of the actions of the substances known as angiotensins (and in particular of AII) and thus minimise the physiological effects associated with their presence in warm-blooded animals (including man) and this is the basis of the invention.
According to the invention there is provided a pyrimidine deivative of the formula I ~set out hereinafter, together with the other chemical formulae identified by Roman numerals) wherein R1 is hydrogen, (1-8C)alkyl, (3-8C)cycloalkyl, phenyl or substituted (1-4C)alkyl, the latter containing one or more fluoro substituents or bearing a t3-8C)cycloalkyl, (1-4C)alkoxy or phenyl substituent;
R is selected fro~ (1-8C)alkyl, (3-8C)cycloalkyl, phenyl or substituted (1-4C)alkyl, the latter containing one or more fluoro substituents or bearing a (3-8C)cycloalkyl, (1-4C)alkoxy or phenyl substituent, halogeno, (1-4C)alkoxy, amino and alkylamino and dialkylamino of up to 6 carbon atoms;
R3 i8 selected from hydrogen, (1-8C)alkyl, (3-8C)cycloalkyl, substituted (1-4C)alkyl bearing a (3-8C)cycloalkyl, amino, hydroxy, (1-4C)alkoxy, carboxy or (1-4C)alkoxycarbonyl substituent or containing one or more fluoro substituents, hydroxy(1-4C)alkoxy, carboxy, (1-4C)alkoxycarbonyl, (3-6C)alkenyloxycarbonyl, cyano, nitro, carbamoyl, (1-4C)alkannyl, N-alkylcarbamoyl and di-(N-alkyl)carbamoyl of up to 7 carbon atoms, halogeno, amino, alkylamino and dialkylamino of up to 6 carbon ato~s, (1-4C)alkanoylamino, phenyl, phenyl(1-4C)alkyl and benzoyl, the benzene ring of which last three 20~2&~' groups optionally bearing one or two substituents selected from (L-4C)alkyl, (1-4C)alkoxy, halogeno, cyano, trifluoromethyl, nitro, hydroxy, carboxy, (1-4C)alkanoylamino, (1-4C)alkanoyl, ~:Luoro(1-4C)alkoxy, hydroxy(1-4C)alkyl, (1-4C)alkoxy(1-4C)alkyl, carbamoyl, alkyl or dialkylcarbamoyl of up to 7 carbon atoms, sulphamoyl, N-alkyl or di-(N-alkyl)sulphamoyl of up to 6 carbon atoms, (1-4C)alkoxycarbonyl, (1-4C)alkanesulphonamido, (1-4C)alkyl.S(O)n- lin which n is zero, 1 or 2l, lH-tetrazol-5-yl, phenyl, phenoxy, benzyloxy, benzyloxycarbonyl, benzamido and benzenesulphonamido, the benzene moiety of the last six groups optionally bearing a halogeno, (1-4C)alkyl or (1-4C)alkoxy substituent;
R4 is hydrogen or (1-4C)alkyl;
or R2 and R3 together complete a benzene ring, said benzene ring optionally bearing one or two substituents independently selected from any of the previous values defined for R3;
or R2 and R3 together form an (3-6C)alkenylene group, an (3-6C)alkylene group or an (3-6C)alkylene group in which a methylene is replaced by carbonyl;
or R3 and R4 together form a l~nking group A which is selected from -CH2-CH2-~ -CH2-cH2-cH2-~ -CO-CH2_, CH2 CO , 2 2 -CH2-CH2-CO-, -CO-CH=CH- and -CH=CH-CO-, and wherein said linking group A optionally bears one or two substituents independently selected from (1-4C)alkyl, substituted (1-4C)alkyl containing one or more fluoro substituents or bearing a (3-8C)cycloalkyl, (1-4C)alkoxy or phenyl substituent, (3-8C)cycloalkyl, (1-4C)alkoxy, halogeno, carboxy, (1-4C)alkoxycarbonyl, (3-6C)alkenyloxycarbonyl, cyano, nitro, (1-4C)alkanoyl, (1-4C)alkyl.S(O)m- [in which m is zero, 1 or 23 and phenylsulphonyl;
A1 is a group of the partial formula IIa, IIb or IIc wherein (1) in partial formula IIa, B1 is a dlrect bond or is phenylene optionally bearlng a substituent selected from (1-4C)alkyl, (1-4C)alkoxy, halogeno, (1-4C)alkanoyl, trifluoromethyl, cyano and nitro; Ra is hydrogen, (1-4C)alkyl, (1-4C)alkoxy, halogeno, cyano, trifluoromethyl or nitro; and Za is lH-tetrazol-5-yl, a carboxy group or in vivo hydrolysable ester thereof, -CO.NH.(lH-tetrazol-5-yl), or a group of the formula -CO.NH.C02R8 in which R8 is (1-6C)alkyl, `''' ' :
2~82~
(3-8C)cycloalkyl, trifluoromethyl or phenyl;
(2) in partial formula IIb, B2 is oxygen, sulphur or a group of the formula -NR5- in which R5 is hydrogen or (1-4C)alkyl; Zb has any of the values defined above for Za; B3 is phenyl optionally bearing one or two substi~uents independently selected from (1-4C)alkyl, (1-4C)alkoxy and halogeno; and Rb and Rc are independently selected from hydrogen, (1-4C)alkyl, (1-4C)alkoxy and halogeno; and (3) in partial formula IIc, Zc is lH-tetrazol-5-yl, carboxy or in vivo hydrolysable ester thereof or a group of the formula CF3S02NH-; Rd is selected from hydrogen, (1-4C)alkyl, (1-4C)alkoxy, halogeno, trifluoromethyl, cyano and nitro; X1 is oxygen, sulphur or a group of the formula _NR6_ in which R6 is hydrogen or (1-4C)alkyl; and x2 is nitrogen or is a group of the formula -C(R7)= wherein R7 is hydrogen, (1-4C)alkyl optionally containing one or more fluoro substituents, carbamoyl or N-alkyl or di-(N-alkyl)carbamoyl of up to 7 carbon atoms, halogeno, cyano, (1-4C)alkoxycarbonyl or (1-4C)alkanoyl;
and wherein any of said phenyl moieties of R1, R2 or R8, or of an optional substituent on linking group A, may be unsubstituted or bear one or two substituents independently selected from (1-4C)alkyl, (1-4C)alkoxy, halogeno, cyano and trifluoromethyl; or a non-toxic salt thereof; but excluding the compound 4-lN-butyl-N-(2'-(1H-tetrazol-5-yl)biphenyl-4-ylmethyl)aminol-2,6-dimethylpyrimidine.
It will be appreciated that, depending on the nature of the substituents, certain of the formula I compounds may possess one or more chiral centres and may be isolated in one or more racemic or optically active forms. It is to be understood that this lnvention concerns any form of such a compound of formula I which possesses the afore-mentioned useful pharmacological properties, it bein8 well known how to make optically active forms, for example by synthesis from suitable chiral intermediates, and how to determine their pharmacological properties, for example by use of the standard tests described hereinafter.
It is to be understood that generic terms such as "alkyl"
include both straight and branched chain variants when the carbon 2082~
numbers permit. However, when a particular radical such as "propyl~
is given, it is specific to the straight chain variant, branched chain variants such as "isopropyl" being specifically named where intended.
The same convention applies to other radicals.
A particular value for R1 or R2 when it is alkyl is, for example, methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, pentyl or hexyl; when it is cycloalkyl is, for example, cyclopropyl, cyclopentyl or cyclohexyl; when it is alkyl containing one or more fluoro substitutents is, for example, fluoromethyl, trifluoromethyl, 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl or pentafluoroethyl; and when it is alkyl bearing a cycloalkyl, (1-4C)alkoxy or phenyl substituent is, for example, cyclopropylmethyl, cyclopentylmethyl, cyclohexylmethyl, cyclopentylethyl, 2-methoxyethyl, 2-ethoxyethyl, benzyl, l-phenylethyl or 2-phenylethyl.
A particular value for R2 when it is halogeno is, for example, fluoro, chloro, bromo or iodo; when it is alkoxy is, for example, methoxy, ethoxy; when it is alkylamino or dialkylamino of up to 6 carbon atoms is, for example, methylamino, ethylamino, butylamino, dimethylamino, diethylamino or dipropylamino.
Particular values for R3 are, by ~ay of example, for alkyl: methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, pentyl or hexyl;
for cycloalkyl: cyclopropyl, cyclopentyl or cyclohexyl;
for alkyl bearing a cycloalkyl, amino, hydroxy, alkoxy, carboxy or alkoxycarbonyl substituent~ cyclopropylmethyl, cyclopentylmethyl, cyclohexylmethyl, cyclopentylethyl, hydroxymethyl, l-hydroxyethyl, 2-hydroxyethyl, aminomethyl, 2-amlnoethyl, methoxymethyl, 2-methoxyethyl, 2-ethoxyethyl, carboxymethyl, l-carboxyethyl, 2-carboxyethyl, methoxycarbonylmethyl, ethoxycarbonylmethyl, 2-~ethoxycarbonylethyl or 2-ethoxycarbonylethyl;
for alkyl contalnlng one or more fluoro substituents: fluoromethyl, trifluoromethyl, 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl or pentafluoroethyl;
for hydroxyalkoxy: hydroxymethyl, 1-hydroxyethyl, 2-hydroxyethyl or 3-hydroxypropyl;
,.
20g2~
for alkoxycarbonyl: methoxycarbonyl, ethoxycarbonyl or propoxycarbonyl;
for alkenyloxycarbonyl: allyloxycarbonyl, 2-methyl-2-propenyloxycarbonyl or 3-methyl-3-butenyloxycarbonyl;
for alkanoyl: formyl, acetyl or butyryl;
for N-alkylcarbamoyl: N-methyl or N-ethylcarbamoyl;
for di(N-alkyl)carbamoyl: N,N-dimethylcarbamoyl or N,N-diethylcarbamoyl;
for halogeno: fluoro, chloro, bromo or iodo;
for alkylamino: methylamino, ethylamino or butylamino;
for dialkylamino: dimethylamino, diethylamino or dipropylamino;
for alkanoylamino: formamido, acetamido or propanamido; and for phenylalkyl: benzyl, 1-phenylethyl or 2-phenylethyl.
A particular value for R4, R5 or R6 when it is alkyl is, for example, methyl, ethyl or propyl.
Particular values for an optional substituent on R3 when it is phenyl, phenyl(1-4C)alkyl or benzoyl, or for optional substituents on R2 and R3 when together they complete a benzene ring, include, by way of example, for alkyl: methyl and ethyl; for alkoxy: methoxy and ethoxy; and for halogeno: chloro, bromo and iodo; for alkanoylamino:
formamido, acetamido and propanamido; for alkanoyl: formyl, acetyl and butyryl; for fluoroalkoxy: trifluoromethoxy, 2-fluoroethoxy, 2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy and 3,3,3-trifluoropropoxy; for hydroxyalkyl:
hydroxymethyl, 1-hydroxyethyl and 2-hydroxyethyl; for alkoxyalkyl:
2-methoxyethyl and 2-ethoxyethyl; for N-alkylcarbamoyl: N-methyl and N-ethylcarbamoyl; for di(N-alkyl)carbamoyl: N,N-dimethylcarbamoyl and N,N-diethylcarbamoyl; for N-alkylsulphamoyls N-methyl and Nethylsulphamoyl; for dl(N-alkyl)sulphamoyl: N,N-dimethylsulphamoyl and N,N-diethylsulphamoyl; for alkoxycarbonyl: methoxycarbonyl, ethoxycarbonyl and propoxycarbonyl; for alkanesulphonamido:
metanesulphonamido and ethanesulphonamido; for alkylthio: methylthio an~s ethylthio; for alkylsulphinyl; methylsulphinyl and ethylsulphinyl;
for alkylsulphonyl: methylsulphonyl and ethylsulphonyl; and for phenyl, phenoxy, benzyloxy, benzyloxycarbonyl, benzamido and benzenesulphonamido optionally bearing a substituent: phenyl, phenoxy, .
2~2~8 benzyloxy, benzyloxycarbonyl, benzamido and ben7enesulphonamido optionally bearing a fluoro, chloro, bromo, methyl, ethyl, methoxy or ethoxy substituent.
A particular value for R2 and R3 when together they form (3-6C)alkylene is, for example, trimethylene, tetramethylene or pentamethylene; when together they form (3-6C)alkenylene is, for example, 1-propenylene, 2-propenylene, l-butenylene, 2-butenylene or 3-butenylene; and when together they form (3-6C)alkylene wherein one of the methylene groups is replaced by a carbonyl group is, for example, 1-oxopropylidene, 3-oxopropylidene, l-oxobutylidene or 4-oxobutylidene.
Particular values for optional substituents on R3 and R4 when together they form linking group A is, include, by way of example, for alkyl: methyl and ethyl; for alkyl containing one or more fluoro substitutents: fluoromethyl, trifluoromethyl, 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl and pentafluoroethyl; for alkyl bearing a cycloalkyl, (1-4C)alkoxy or phenyl substituent: cyclopropylmethyl, cyclopentylmethyl, cyclohexylmethyl, cyclopentylethyl, 2-methoxyethyl, 2-ethoxyethyl, benzyl, l-phenylethyl and 2-phenylethyl; for cycloalkyl: cyclopropyl, cyclopentyl and cyclohexyl; for alkoxy:
methoxy, ethoxy and propoxy; for halogeno: fluoro, chloro, bromo and iodo; for alkoxycarbonyl: methoxycarbonyl, ethoxycarbonyl and propoxycarbonyl; for alkenyloxycarbonyl: allyloxycarbonyl, 2-methyl-2-propenyloxycarbonyl and 3-methyl-3-butenyloxycarbonyl;
for alkanoyl: formyl, acetyl and butyryl; for alkylthio: methylthio and ethylthio; for alkylsulphinyl; methylsulphlnyl and ethylsulphinyl;
and for alkylsulphonyl: methylsulphonyl and ethylsulphonyl.
A particular value for Ra, Rb, Rc, Rd or an optional substituent on B1 when it is phenylene, or an optional substituent or substituents on B3, when it is alkyl is, for example, methyl or ethyl;
when it i8 alkoxy iB, for example, methoxy or ethoxy; and when it is halogeno is, for example, fluoro, chloro or bromo.
A particular value for an alkanoyl substituent on Bl when it 2082~
is phenylene is, for example, formyl, acetyl or propionyl.
A particular value for ~a, Zb, or Zc when it is an in vivo hydrolysable ester is, for example an ester derived from a (1-6C)alkanol such as methanol or ethanol, or phenol, glycerol or the like.
A particular value for R8 when it is alkyl is, for example, methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl or pentyl; and when it is cycloalkyl is, for example, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl or cyclohexyl.
A particular value for R7 includes, by way of example, fo~ alkyl: methyl and ethyl;
for alkyl containing one or more fluoro substitutents: fluoromethyl, trifluoromethyl, 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl and pentafluoroethyl;
for N-alkylcarbamoyl: N-methyl and N-ethylcarbamoyl;
for di(N-alkyl)carbamoyl: N,N-dimethylcarbamoyl and N,N-diethylcarbamoyl;
for halogeno: fluoro, chloro, bromo or iodo;
for alkoxycarbonyl: methoxycarbonyl or ethoxycarbonyl; and for alkanoyl: formyl, acetyl or propionyl.
Particular values for optional substituents which may be present on phenyl moieties of R1, R2 or R8, or on linking group A
include, by way of example, for halogeno: fluoro, chloro and bromo;
for alkyl: methyl and ethyl; and for alkoxy: methoxy and ethoxy.
A preferred value for Rl or R2 is, for example, methyl, ethyl or propyl.
A preferred value for R3 is, for example, hydrogen, halogeno (especially iodo) or phenyl(1-4C)alkyl.
A preferred value for R4 is, for example, hydrogen or methyl.
A preferred value for R2 and R3 when together they form ~''''' , , :
2082~
g alkylene is, for example, trimethylene or tetramethylene.
A preferred value for R3 and R4 when together they form linking group A is, for example, -CH=CH-CO-, -CH2-CH2-CH2- or A preferred value for A is, for example, a group of the partial formula IIa.
A preferred value for B1 is, for example, a p-phenylene group.
A preferred value for Za, Zb or Zc is, for example, carboxy or lH-tetrazol-5-yl.
An especially preferred value for Za is when it is attached at the ortho position relative to Bl. Za is lH-tetrazol-5-yl is particularly preferred.
A preferred value for B2 is, for example, oxygen.
A particularly preferred combination of values is, for example, R1 and R2 are both alkyl.
A preferred group of compounds of the formula I comprises those compounds of the formula I wherein Al is a group of the partial formula IIa in which Za is lH-tetrazol-5-yl or carboxy and Rl, R2, R3, R4, Ra and Bl have any of the values defined above; and the non-toxic salts thereof. Particularly preferred withln this group are those compounds whereln Za ls a lH-~etrazol-5-yl group and especlally when it ls attached at the ortho posltlon relatlve to Bl.
Particular groups of novel compounds of the lnvention are, for example, compounds of the formula I wherein:
~1) R3 is halogeno and Rl, R2, R4 and Al have any of the values defined above;
(2) R3 is (1-4C)alkoxycarbonyl and Rl, R2, R4 and Al have any of the values defined above;
2 0 ~
(3) R3 is benzoyl optionally bearing one or two substituents independently selected from (1-4C)alkyl, (1-4C)alkoxy, halogeno, cyano, trifluoromethyl, nitro, hydroxy, carboxy, (1-4C)alkanoylamino, (1-4C)alkanoyl, fluoro(1-4C)alkoxy, hydroxy(1-4C)alkyl, (1-4C)alkoxy(1-4C)alkyl, carbamoyl, alkyl or dialkylcarbamoyl of up to 7 carbon atoms, sulphamoyl, alkyl or dialkylsulphamoyl of up to 6 carbon atoms, (1-4C)alkoxycarbonyl, (1-4C)alkanesulphonamido, (1-4C)alkyl.S(O)n- [in which n is zero, 1 or 21, lH-tetrazol-5-yl, phenyl, phenoxy, benzyloxy, benzyloxycarbonyl, benzamido and benzenesulphonamido, the benzene moiety of the last six groups optionally bearing a halogeno, (1-4C)alkyl or (1-4C)alkoxy substituent; and R1, R2, R4 and A1 have any of the values defined above;
(4) R3 is phenyl optionally bearing one or two substituents independently selected from (1-4C)alkyl, (1-4C)alkoxy, halogeno, cyano, trifluoromethyl, nitro, hydroxy, carboxy, (1-4C)alkanoylamino, (1-4C)alkanoyl, fluoro(1-4C)alkoxy, hydroxy(1-4C)alkyl, (1-4C)alkoxy~1-4C)alkyl, carbamoyl, alkyl or dialkylcarbamoyl of up to 7 carbon atoms, sulphamoyl, alkyl or dialkylsulphamoyl of up to 6 carbon atoms, (1-4C)alkoxycarbonyl, (1-4C)alkanesulphonamido, (1-4C)alkyl.S(O)n- [in which n is zero, 1 or 2], lH-tetrazol-5-yl, phenyl, phenoxy, benzyloxy, benzyloxycarbonyl, benzamido and benzenesulphonamido, the benzene moiety of the last six groups optionally bearing a halogeno, (1-4C)alkyl or (1-4C)alkoxy substituent; and Rl, R2, R4 and A1 have any of the values defined above;
Certain pyrimidines having ~II antagonist activity are disclosed in European patent application, publication no. (EPA) 424317, EPA 465323 and International Patent Application, Publication No. W0 ~1/15209. EPA 475206 and US patent 5149699 (both published after the priority date of the present invention) disclose respectively certain pyrimidines and pyridopyrimidines having AII
antagonist activity. In EPA 475206 there is disclosed the compound 4-[N-butyl-N-(2'-(lH-tetrazol-5-yl)biphenyl-4-ylmethyl)amino]-2,6-dimethylpyrimidine.
We have now discovered that the compounds of the invention (set out below) surprisingly antagonise one or more of the actions of the substances known as angiotensins (and in particular of AII) and thus minimise the physiological effects associated with their presence in warm-blooded animals (including man) and this is the basis of the invention.
According to the invention there is provided a pyrimidine deivative of the formula I ~set out hereinafter, together with the other chemical formulae identified by Roman numerals) wherein R1 is hydrogen, (1-8C)alkyl, (3-8C)cycloalkyl, phenyl or substituted (1-4C)alkyl, the latter containing one or more fluoro substituents or bearing a t3-8C)cycloalkyl, (1-4C)alkoxy or phenyl substituent;
R is selected fro~ (1-8C)alkyl, (3-8C)cycloalkyl, phenyl or substituted (1-4C)alkyl, the latter containing one or more fluoro substituents or bearing a (3-8C)cycloalkyl, (1-4C)alkoxy or phenyl substituent, halogeno, (1-4C)alkoxy, amino and alkylamino and dialkylamino of up to 6 carbon atoms;
R3 i8 selected from hydrogen, (1-8C)alkyl, (3-8C)cycloalkyl, substituted (1-4C)alkyl bearing a (3-8C)cycloalkyl, amino, hydroxy, (1-4C)alkoxy, carboxy or (1-4C)alkoxycarbonyl substituent or containing one or more fluoro substituents, hydroxy(1-4C)alkoxy, carboxy, (1-4C)alkoxycarbonyl, (3-6C)alkenyloxycarbonyl, cyano, nitro, carbamoyl, (1-4C)alkannyl, N-alkylcarbamoyl and di-(N-alkyl)carbamoyl of up to 7 carbon atoms, halogeno, amino, alkylamino and dialkylamino of up to 6 carbon ato~s, (1-4C)alkanoylamino, phenyl, phenyl(1-4C)alkyl and benzoyl, the benzene ring of which last three 20~2&~' groups optionally bearing one or two substituents selected from (L-4C)alkyl, (1-4C)alkoxy, halogeno, cyano, trifluoromethyl, nitro, hydroxy, carboxy, (1-4C)alkanoylamino, (1-4C)alkanoyl, ~:Luoro(1-4C)alkoxy, hydroxy(1-4C)alkyl, (1-4C)alkoxy(1-4C)alkyl, carbamoyl, alkyl or dialkylcarbamoyl of up to 7 carbon atoms, sulphamoyl, N-alkyl or di-(N-alkyl)sulphamoyl of up to 6 carbon atoms, (1-4C)alkoxycarbonyl, (1-4C)alkanesulphonamido, (1-4C)alkyl.S(O)n- lin which n is zero, 1 or 2l, lH-tetrazol-5-yl, phenyl, phenoxy, benzyloxy, benzyloxycarbonyl, benzamido and benzenesulphonamido, the benzene moiety of the last six groups optionally bearing a halogeno, (1-4C)alkyl or (1-4C)alkoxy substituent;
R4 is hydrogen or (1-4C)alkyl;
or R2 and R3 together complete a benzene ring, said benzene ring optionally bearing one or two substituents independently selected from any of the previous values defined for R3;
or R2 and R3 together form an (3-6C)alkenylene group, an (3-6C)alkylene group or an (3-6C)alkylene group in which a methylene is replaced by carbonyl;
or R3 and R4 together form a l~nking group A which is selected from -CH2-CH2-~ -CH2-cH2-cH2-~ -CO-CH2_, CH2 CO , 2 2 -CH2-CH2-CO-, -CO-CH=CH- and -CH=CH-CO-, and wherein said linking group A optionally bears one or two substituents independently selected from (1-4C)alkyl, substituted (1-4C)alkyl containing one or more fluoro substituents or bearing a (3-8C)cycloalkyl, (1-4C)alkoxy or phenyl substituent, (3-8C)cycloalkyl, (1-4C)alkoxy, halogeno, carboxy, (1-4C)alkoxycarbonyl, (3-6C)alkenyloxycarbonyl, cyano, nitro, (1-4C)alkanoyl, (1-4C)alkyl.S(O)m- [in which m is zero, 1 or 23 and phenylsulphonyl;
A1 is a group of the partial formula IIa, IIb or IIc wherein (1) in partial formula IIa, B1 is a dlrect bond or is phenylene optionally bearlng a substituent selected from (1-4C)alkyl, (1-4C)alkoxy, halogeno, (1-4C)alkanoyl, trifluoromethyl, cyano and nitro; Ra is hydrogen, (1-4C)alkyl, (1-4C)alkoxy, halogeno, cyano, trifluoromethyl or nitro; and Za is lH-tetrazol-5-yl, a carboxy group or in vivo hydrolysable ester thereof, -CO.NH.(lH-tetrazol-5-yl), or a group of the formula -CO.NH.C02R8 in which R8 is (1-6C)alkyl, `''' ' :
2~82~
(3-8C)cycloalkyl, trifluoromethyl or phenyl;
(2) in partial formula IIb, B2 is oxygen, sulphur or a group of the formula -NR5- in which R5 is hydrogen or (1-4C)alkyl; Zb has any of the values defined above for Za; B3 is phenyl optionally bearing one or two substi~uents independently selected from (1-4C)alkyl, (1-4C)alkoxy and halogeno; and Rb and Rc are independently selected from hydrogen, (1-4C)alkyl, (1-4C)alkoxy and halogeno; and (3) in partial formula IIc, Zc is lH-tetrazol-5-yl, carboxy or in vivo hydrolysable ester thereof or a group of the formula CF3S02NH-; Rd is selected from hydrogen, (1-4C)alkyl, (1-4C)alkoxy, halogeno, trifluoromethyl, cyano and nitro; X1 is oxygen, sulphur or a group of the formula _NR6_ in which R6 is hydrogen or (1-4C)alkyl; and x2 is nitrogen or is a group of the formula -C(R7)= wherein R7 is hydrogen, (1-4C)alkyl optionally containing one or more fluoro substituents, carbamoyl or N-alkyl or di-(N-alkyl)carbamoyl of up to 7 carbon atoms, halogeno, cyano, (1-4C)alkoxycarbonyl or (1-4C)alkanoyl;
and wherein any of said phenyl moieties of R1, R2 or R8, or of an optional substituent on linking group A, may be unsubstituted or bear one or two substituents independently selected from (1-4C)alkyl, (1-4C)alkoxy, halogeno, cyano and trifluoromethyl; or a non-toxic salt thereof; but excluding the compound 4-lN-butyl-N-(2'-(1H-tetrazol-5-yl)biphenyl-4-ylmethyl)aminol-2,6-dimethylpyrimidine.
It will be appreciated that, depending on the nature of the substituents, certain of the formula I compounds may possess one or more chiral centres and may be isolated in one or more racemic or optically active forms. It is to be understood that this lnvention concerns any form of such a compound of formula I which possesses the afore-mentioned useful pharmacological properties, it bein8 well known how to make optically active forms, for example by synthesis from suitable chiral intermediates, and how to determine their pharmacological properties, for example by use of the standard tests described hereinafter.
It is to be understood that generic terms such as "alkyl"
include both straight and branched chain variants when the carbon 2082~
numbers permit. However, when a particular radical such as "propyl~
is given, it is specific to the straight chain variant, branched chain variants such as "isopropyl" being specifically named where intended.
The same convention applies to other radicals.
A particular value for R1 or R2 when it is alkyl is, for example, methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, pentyl or hexyl; when it is cycloalkyl is, for example, cyclopropyl, cyclopentyl or cyclohexyl; when it is alkyl containing one or more fluoro substitutents is, for example, fluoromethyl, trifluoromethyl, 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl or pentafluoroethyl; and when it is alkyl bearing a cycloalkyl, (1-4C)alkoxy or phenyl substituent is, for example, cyclopropylmethyl, cyclopentylmethyl, cyclohexylmethyl, cyclopentylethyl, 2-methoxyethyl, 2-ethoxyethyl, benzyl, l-phenylethyl or 2-phenylethyl.
A particular value for R2 when it is halogeno is, for example, fluoro, chloro, bromo or iodo; when it is alkoxy is, for example, methoxy, ethoxy; when it is alkylamino or dialkylamino of up to 6 carbon atoms is, for example, methylamino, ethylamino, butylamino, dimethylamino, diethylamino or dipropylamino.
Particular values for R3 are, by ~ay of example, for alkyl: methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, pentyl or hexyl;
for cycloalkyl: cyclopropyl, cyclopentyl or cyclohexyl;
for alkyl bearing a cycloalkyl, amino, hydroxy, alkoxy, carboxy or alkoxycarbonyl substituent~ cyclopropylmethyl, cyclopentylmethyl, cyclohexylmethyl, cyclopentylethyl, hydroxymethyl, l-hydroxyethyl, 2-hydroxyethyl, aminomethyl, 2-amlnoethyl, methoxymethyl, 2-methoxyethyl, 2-ethoxyethyl, carboxymethyl, l-carboxyethyl, 2-carboxyethyl, methoxycarbonylmethyl, ethoxycarbonylmethyl, 2-~ethoxycarbonylethyl or 2-ethoxycarbonylethyl;
for alkyl contalnlng one or more fluoro substituents: fluoromethyl, trifluoromethyl, 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl or pentafluoroethyl;
for hydroxyalkoxy: hydroxymethyl, 1-hydroxyethyl, 2-hydroxyethyl or 3-hydroxypropyl;
,.
20g2~
for alkoxycarbonyl: methoxycarbonyl, ethoxycarbonyl or propoxycarbonyl;
for alkenyloxycarbonyl: allyloxycarbonyl, 2-methyl-2-propenyloxycarbonyl or 3-methyl-3-butenyloxycarbonyl;
for alkanoyl: formyl, acetyl or butyryl;
for N-alkylcarbamoyl: N-methyl or N-ethylcarbamoyl;
for di(N-alkyl)carbamoyl: N,N-dimethylcarbamoyl or N,N-diethylcarbamoyl;
for halogeno: fluoro, chloro, bromo or iodo;
for alkylamino: methylamino, ethylamino or butylamino;
for dialkylamino: dimethylamino, diethylamino or dipropylamino;
for alkanoylamino: formamido, acetamido or propanamido; and for phenylalkyl: benzyl, 1-phenylethyl or 2-phenylethyl.
A particular value for R4, R5 or R6 when it is alkyl is, for example, methyl, ethyl or propyl.
Particular values for an optional substituent on R3 when it is phenyl, phenyl(1-4C)alkyl or benzoyl, or for optional substituents on R2 and R3 when together they complete a benzene ring, include, by way of example, for alkyl: methyl and ethyl; for alkoxy: methoxy and ethoxy; and for halogeno: chloro, bromo and iodo; for alkanoylamino:
formamido, acetamido and propanamido; for alkanoyl: formyl, acetyl and butyryl; for fluoroalkoxy: trifluoromethoxy, 2-fluoroethoxy, 2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy and 3,3,3-trifluoropropoxy; for hydroxyalkyl:
hydroxymethyl, 1-hydroxyethyl and 2-hydroxyethyl; for alkoxyalkyl:
2-methoxyethyl and 2-ethoxyethyl; for N-alkylcarbamoyl: N-methyl and N-ethylcarbamoyl; for di(N-alkyl)carbamoyl: N,N-dimethylcarbamoyl and N,N-diethylcarbamoyl; for N-alkylsulphamoyls N-methyl and Nethylsulphamoyl; for dl(N-alkyl)sulphamoyl: N,N-dimethylsulphamoyl and N,N-diethylsulphamoyl; for alkoxycarbonyl: methoxycarbonyl, ethoxycarbonyl and propoxycarbonyl; for alkanesulphonamido:
metanesulphonamido and ethanesulphonamido; for alkylthio: methylthio an~s ethylthio; for alkylsulphinyl; methylsulphinyl and ethylsulphinyl;
for alkylsulphonyl: methylsulphonyl and ethylsulphonyl; and for phenyl, phenoxy, benzyloxy, benzyloxycarbonyl, benzamido and benzenesulphonamido optionally bearing a substituent: phenyl, phenoxy, .
2~2~8 benzyloxy, benzyloxycarbonyl, benzamido and ben7enesulphonamido optionally bearing a fluoro, chloro, bromo, methyl, ethyl, methoxy or ethoxy substituent.
A particular value for R2 and R3 when together they form (3-6C)alkylene is, for example, trimethylene, tetramethylene or pentamethylene; when together they form (3-6C)alkenylene is, for example, 1-propenylene, 2-propenylene, l-butenylene, 2-butenylene or 3-butenylene; and when together they form (3-6C)alkylene wherein one of the methylene groups is replaced by a carbonyl group is, for example, 1-oxopropylidene, 3-oxopropylidene, l-oxobutylidene or 4-oxobutylidene.
Particular values for optional substituents on R3 and R4 when together they form linking group A is, include, by way of example, for alkyl: methyl and ethyl; for alkyl containing one or more fluoro substitutents: fluoromethyl, trifluoromethyl, 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl and pentafluoroethyl; for alkyl bearing a cycloalkyl, (1-4C)alkoxy or phenyl substituent: cyclopropylmethyl, cyclopentylmethyl, cyclohexylmethyl, cyclopentylethyl, 2-methoxyethyl, 2-ethoxyethyl, benzyl, l-phenylethyl and 2-phenylethyl; for cycloalkyl: cyclopropyl, cyclopentyl and cyclohexyl; for alkoxy:
methoxy, ethoxy and propoxy; for halogeno: fluoro, chloro, bromo and iodo; for alkoxycarbonyl: methoxycarbonyl, ethoxycarbonyl and propoxycarbonyl; for alkenyloxycarbonyl: allyloxycarbonyl, 2-methyl-2-propenyloxycarbonyl and 3-methyl-3-butenyloxycarbonyl;
for alkanoyl: formyl, acetyl and butyryl; for alkylthio: methylthio and ethylthio; for alkylsulphinyl; methylsulphlnyl and ethylsulphinyl;
and for alkylsulphonyl: methylsulphonyl and ethylsulphonyl.
A particular value for Ra, Rb, Rc, Rd or an optional substituent on B1 when it is phenylene, or an optional substituent or substituents on B3, when it is alkyl is, for example, methyl or ethyl;
when it i8 alkoxy iB, for example, methoxy or ethoxy; and when it is halogeno is, for example, fluoro, chloro or bromo.
A particular value for an alkanoyl substituent on Bl when it 2082~
is phenylene is, for example, formyl, acetyl or propionyl.
A particular value for ~a, Zb, or Zc when it is an in vivo hydrolysable ester is, for example an ester derived from a (1-6C)alkanol such as methanol or ethanol, or phenol, glycerol or the like.
A particular value for R8 when it is alkyl is, for example, methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl or pentyl; and when it is cycloalkyl is, for example, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl or cyclohexyl.
A particular value for R7 includes, by way of example, fo~ alkyl: methyl and ethyl;
for alkyl containing one or more fluoro substitutents: fluoromethyl, trifluoromethyl, 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl and pentafluoroethyl;
for N-alkylcarbamoyl: N-methyl and N-ethylcarbamoyl;
for di(N-alkyl)carbamoyl: N,N-dimethylcarbamoyl and N,N-diethylcarbamoyl;
for halogeno: fluoro, chloro, bromo or iodo;
for alkoxycarbonyl: methoxycarbonyl or ethoxycarbonyl; and for alkanoyl: formyl, acetyl or propionyl.
Particular values for optional substituents which may be present on phenyl moieties of R1, R2 or R8, or on linking group A
include, by way of example, for halogeno: fluoro, chloro and bromo;
for alkyl: methyl and ethyl; and for alkoxy: methoxy and ethoxy.
A preferred value for Rl or R2 is, for example, methyl, ethyl or propyl.
A preferred value for R3 is, for example, hydrogen, halogeno (especially iodo) or phenyl(1-4C)alkyl.
A preferred value for R4 is, for example, hydrogen or methyl.
A preferred value for R2 and R3 when together they form ~''''' , , :
2082~
g alkylene is, for example, trimethylene or tetramethylene.
A preferred value for R3 and R4 when together they form linking group A is, for example, -CH=CH-CO-, -CH2-CH2-CH2- or A preferred value for A is, for example, a group of the partial formula IIa.
A preferred value for B1 is, for example, a p-phenylene group.
A preferred value for Za, Zb or Zc is, for example, carboxy or lH-tetrazol-5-yl.
An especially preferred value for Za is when it is attached at the ortho position relative to Bl. Za is lH-tetrazol-5-yl is particularly preferred.
A preferred value for B2 is, for example, oxygen.
A particularly preferred combination of values is, for example, R1 and R2 are both alkyl.
A preferred group of compounds of the formula I comprises those compounds of the formula I wherein Al is a group of the partial formula IIa in which Za is lH-tetrazol-5-yl or carboxy and Rl, R2, R3, R4, Ra and Bl have any of the values defined above; and the non-toxic salts thereof. Particularly preferred withln this group are those compounds whereln Za ls a lH-~etrazol-5-yl group and especlally when it ls attached at the ortho posltlon relatlve to Bl.
Particular groups of novel compounds of the lnvention are, for example, compounds of the formula I wherein:
~1) R3 is halogeno and Rl, R2, R4 and Al have any of the values defined above;
(2) R3 is (1-4C)alkoxycarbonyl and Rl, R2, R4 and Al have any of the values defined above;
2 0 ~
(3) R3 is benzoyl optionally bearing one or two substituents independently selected from (1-4C)alkyl, (1-4C)alkoxy, halogeno, cyano, trifluoromethyl, nitro, hydroxy, carboxy, (1-4C)alkanoylamino, (1-4C)alkanoyl, fluoro(1-4C)alkoxy, hydroxy(1-4C)alkyl, (1-4C)alkoxy(1-4C)alkyl, carbamoyl, alkyl or dialkylcarbamoyl of up to 7 carbon atoms, sulphamoyl, alkyl or dialkylsulphamoyl of up to 6 carbon atoms, (1-4C)alkoxycarbonyl, (1-4C)alkanesulphonamido, (1-4C)alkyl.S(O)n- [in which n is zero, 1 or 21, lH-tetrazol-5-yl, phenyl, phenoxy, benzyloxy, benzyloxycarbonyl, benzamido and benzenesulphonamido, the benzene moiety of the last six groups optionally bearing a halogeno, (1-4C)alkyl or (1-4C)alkoxy substituent; and R1, R2, R4 and A1 have any of the values defined above;
(4) R3 is phenyl optionally bearing one or two substituents independently selected from (1-4C)alkyl, (1-4C)alkoxy, halogeno, cyano, trifluoromethyl, nitro, hydroxy, carboxy, (1-4C)alkanoylamino, (1-4C)alkanoyl, fluoro(1-4C)alkoxy, hydroxy(1-4C)alkyl, (1-4C)alkoxy~1-4C)alkyl, carbamoyl, alkyl or dialkylcarbamoyl of up to 7 carbon atoms, sulphamoyl, alkyl or dialkylsulphamoyl of up to 6 carbon atoms, (1-4C)alkoxycarbonyl, (1-4C)alkanesulphonamido, (1-4C)alkyl.S(O)n- [in which n is zero, 1 or 2], lH-tetrazol-5-yl, phenyl, phenoxy, benzyloxy, benzyloxycarbonyl, benzamido and benzenesulphonamido, the benzene moiety of the last six groups optionally bearing a halogeno, (1-4C)alkyl or (1-4C)alkoxy substituent; and Rl, R2, R4 and A1 have any of the values defined above;
(5) R2 and R3 together form an (3-6C)alkylene group; and Rl, R4 and have any of the values defined above; or (6) R3 and R4 together form a linking group A as defined above; and R1, R2 and Al have any of the values defined above.
Further particular groups of novel compounds of the invention are, for example, compounds of the formula I wherein;
Further particular groups of novel compounds of the invention are, for example, compounds of the formula I wherein;
(7) R3 is phenyl(1-4C)alkyl optionally bearing one or two substituents independently selected from (1-4C)alkyl, (1-4C)alkoxy, halogeno, cyano, trifluoromethyl, nitro, hydroxy, carboxy, (1-4C)alkanoylamino, (1-4C)alkanoyl, fluoro(l-4C)alkoxy, hydroxy(1-4C)alkyl, 2082~
(1-4C)alkoxy(1-4C)alkyl, carbamoyl, alkyl or dialkylcarbamoyl of up to 7 carbon atoms, sulphamoyl, alkyl or dialkylsulphamoyl of up to 6 carbon atoms, (1-4C)alkoxycarbonyl, (1-4C)alkanesulphonamido, (l-4C)alkyl.S(O)n- [in which n is zero, 1 or 2], lH-tetrazol-5-yl, phenyl, phenoxy, benzyloxy, benzyloxycarbonyl, benzamido and benzenesulphonamido, the benzene moiety of the last six groups optionally bearing a halogeno, (1-4C)alkyl or (1-4C)alkoxy substituent; and R1, R2, R4 and A1 have any of the values defined above; or (8) R3 and R4 together form a linking group -CH2-CH2- or -CH2-CH2-CH2-(of which the latter is of particular interest); and R1, R2 and have any of the values defined above.
Compounds of the invention which are of particu~ar interest include, for example, the specific embodiments set out hereinafter in the accompanying Examples, in particular the compounds of examples 1, 3, 4, 6, 7, 8, 9 and 10. These compounds, or a non-toxic salt thereof, are provided as a further feature of the invention.
Although all of the formula I compounds can form salts with suitable acids, it will be appreciated that those compounds of formula I wherein Za, Zb or Zc is other than an ester group or in which R3 or linking group A bears a carboxy group can form salts with bases as well as with acids. Particularly suitable non-toxic salts for such compounds therefore also include, for example, salts with bases affording physiologically acceptable cations, for example, alkali metal (such as sodium and potassium), alkaline earth metal (such as magneslum and calcium), aluminium and ammonium salts, as well as salts wlth suitable organic bases, such as with ethanolamine, methylamine, diethylamine or triethylamine, as well as salts with acids forming physiologically acceptable anions, such as salts with mineral acids, for example ~ith hydrogen halides (such as hydrogen chloride and hydrogen bromide), sulphuric and phosphoric acid, and with strong organic acids, for example with p-toluenesulphonic and methanesulphonic acids.
The compounds of formula I may be obtained by standard .
.
-` 20~2~6~
procedures of organic chemistry well known in the art for the production of structurally analogous compounds. Such procedures are provided as a further feature of the invention and include, by way of example, the following procedures in which the generic radicals have any of the values given above, unless stated otherwise:
a) For those compounds in uhich A1 is a group of the partial formula IIa, IIb or IIc in which Za, Zb and Zc respectively are carboxy, a carboxylic acid derivative of the formula IIIa, IIIb or IIIc in which Qa, Qb and Qc respectively are protected carboxy groups selected from (1-6C)alkoxycarbonyl (especially methoxy-, ethoxy-, propoxy- or t-butoxy-carbonyl), phenoxycarbonyl, benzyloxycarbonyl and carbamoyl, is converted to carboxy.
The conversion may be carried out, for example by hydrolysis, conveniently in the presence of a suitable base such as an alkali metal hydroxide, for example, lithium, sodium or potassium hydroxide. The hydrolysis is generally carried out in the presence of a suitable aqueous solvent or diluent, for example in an aqueous (1-4C)alkanol, such as aqueous methanol or ethanol. However, it may also be performed in a mixture of an aqueous and non-aqueous solvent such as water and toluene using a conventional qua~ernary ammonium phase transfer catalyst. The hydrolysis is generally performed at a temperature in the range, for example, 0 - 120C, depending on the reactivity of the group Qa, Qb or Qc. In general, when Qa, Qb or Qc is carbamoyl, temperatures in the range, for example, 40 - 120C are required to effect the hydrolysis.
Alternatively, when Qa, Qb or Qc is benzyloxycarbonyl the conversion may also be performed by hydro~enolysis, for example using hydrogen at 1-3 bar in the presence of a suitable catalyst, such as palladium on charcoal or on calcium sulphate, in a suitable solvent or diluent such as a (1-4C)alkanol (typically ethanol or 2-propanol) and at a temperature in the range, for example, 0 - 40C.
Further, when Qa9 Qb or Qc is t-butoxycarbonyl, the conversion may also be carried out by hydrolysis at a temperature in 208~
the range, for example, 0 - 100C, in the presence of a strong acid catalyst, such as trifluoroacetic acid. The hydrolysis may either be plerformed in an excess of the acid or in the presence of a suitable diluent such as tetrahydrofuran, t-butyl methyl ether or 1,2-dimethoxyethane.
b) For those compou~ds of formula I in which A1 is a group of the partial formula IIa, IIb or IIc in which Za, Zb and Zc respectively are tetrazolyl, a compound of the formula IVa, IVb or IVc in which La, Lb and Lc respectively are suitable protecting groups, such as trityl, benzhydryl, trialkyltin (for example trimethyltin or tributyltin) or triphenyltin affixed to a nitrogen of the tetrazolyl moiety, is deprotected.
The reaction conditions used to carry out the deprotection necessarily depend on the nature of the group La, Lb or Lc. As an illustration, ~hen it is trityl, benzhydryl, trialkyltin or triphenyltin, the decomposition conditions include, for example, acid catalysed hydrolysis in a mineral acid (such as aqueous hydrochloric acid), conveniently in an aqueous solvent ~such as aqueous dioxan or 2-propanol). Alternatively, a trityl or benzhydryl group may be removed by hydrogenolysis, for example as described in (a) above for conversion of a benzyloxycarbonyl to a carboxy.
Compounds of the formula IVa, IVb or IVc wherein La, Lb and Lc respectively are trialkyltin or triphenyltin may be obtained, for exa~ple, by reaction of a nitrile of the formula I~a, IXb or IXc respectively with a trialkyltin azide, such as tributyltin azide, or triphenyltin azide respectively. The reactlon is conveniently carried out in a suitable solvent or diluent, such as toluene or xylene, and at a temperature in the range, for example, 50-150C. Nitriles of the formula I~a, IXb or IXc may be obtained, for example, by alkylation of a 4-amlnopyrimidine of the formula V wherein R1 and R2 are other than hydrogen with a nitrile of the formula Xa, ~b or Xc respectively wherein ~al. stands for a suitable leaving group such as chloro, bromo, iodo, methanesulphonyloxy or ~-toluenesulphonyloxy, using similar conditions to those used in process (c) described hereinafter.
: ' 20~26~
The necessary compounds of formula Xa, Xb or Xc, as well as those of formula VIIa, VIIb, VIIc, VIIIa, VIIIb or VIIIc described herein, may be obtained, for example, as described in European patent application, publication nos. 253310, 291969, 453210, 434249, 430709, 429257 and International patent application no. W0 91/11999.
The nitriles of the formula IXa, IXb or IXc may also be obtained, for example, by reaction of a pyrimidine of the formula VI
wherein yl is a suitable leaving group (such as chloro, bromo, iodo, methanesulphonyl, methanesulphonyloxy, p-toluenesulphonyloxy or trifluoromethanesulphonyloxy) with an amine of the formula XIa, XIb or XIc respectively, using similar conditions to those used in process (d? described hereinafter.
The amines of the formula XIa, XIb or XIc may be obtained, for example, by standard procedures such as from the corresponding compounds of formula Xa, Xb or Xc by reaction with the appropriate amine of formula R4NH2 using conventional conditions.
Alternatively, compounds of the formula IVa, IVb or IVc may be obtained, for example, by reaction of a pyrimidine of the formula VI wherein y1 is as defined above with an amine of the formula XIIa, XIIb or XIIc respectively under similar conditions to those described in process (d) hereinafter. The amines of formula XIIa, XIIb or XIIc may be obtained, for example, from the corresponding compound of formula VIIIa, VIIIb or VIIIc respectively by reaction with the approprlate amine of formula R4NH2 using standard conditions.
c) For compounds of the formula I, an aminopyrimidine of the formula V is alkylated with a compound of the formula VIIa, VIIb or VIIc wherein Hal. stands for a suitable leaving group such as chloro, bromo, iodo, methanesulphonyloxy or ~-toluenesulphonyloxy.
The reaction is preferably carried out in the presence of a suitable non-nucleophillic base, for example, an alkali metal tert-butoxide such as sodium or potassium tert-butoxide, an alkali metal hydride such as sodium hydride, or an alkali metal carbonate ' .. . .
2082~
such as sodium or potassium carbonate, or an organic base such as d:lisopropylethylamine or 4-dimethylaminopyridine. The reaction is conveniently carried out in a suitable solvent or diluent, for e~ample, a (l-4C)alkanol such as methanol or ethanol, or in a polar solvent such as N,N-dimethylformamide or N-methylpyrrolidone and at a temperature in the range, for example, 10 - 100C. In carrying out process (c), ~hen in the starting material Za, Zb or Zc is an acidic group about two molecular equivalents of a suitable base is generally required, whereas when Za, Zb or Zc does not bear an acidic group the presence of one molecular equivalent of a suitable base is generally sufficient.
Procedure (c) is particularly suitable for the production of those compounds of the formula I in which Za, Zb or Zc is an ester group, for example wherein Za, Zb or Zc is an (1-6C)alkyl, benzyl or phenyl ester, which compounds are also starting materials of formula IIIa, IIIb and IIIc respectively for the reactions described in (a) above. Similarly, using an analogous procedure, but starting with the appropriate compound of the formula VIIIa, VIIIb or VIIIc, the starting materials of formula IVa, IVb or IVc respectively may be obtained for procedure (b).
Hany of the aminopyrimidines of formula V are already known and the remainder can be made by analogy therewith using standard procedures of organic chemistry well known in the art, for example as described in standard works of heterocyclic chemistry such as "Chemistry of Heterocyclic Compounds" edited by Welssberger, or as illustrated in Scheme 1.
(d) For compounds of formula I, a heterocyclic derivative of the formula VI wherein yl is a suitable leaving group (such as chloro, bromo, iodo, methanesulphonyl, methanesulphonyloxy, ~-toluenesulphonyloxy or trifluoromethanesulphonyloxy) is reacted with an amine of the formula XIIIa, XIIIb or XIIIc.
The reaction is optionally carried out in the presence of a suitable base, for example an alkali metal carbonate or bicarbonate 2~2~s~
such as sodium or potassium carbonate or bicarbonate, or an organic base for example a tertiary amine such as triethylamine. The reaction is conveniently carried out in a suitable solvent or diluent, for example a (1-4C)alkanol such as methanol, ethanol or butanol, a non-polar solvent such as dioxane or diphenyl ether, or a polar solvent such as N,N-dimethylformamide or N-methylpyrrolidone, and usually at a temperature in the range of 40 to 180C.
Heterocyclic derivatives of the formula VI wherein yl is halogeno may be obtained, for example, by halogenation of the corresponding 4-pyrimidones, themselves already known or which can be made by analogy therewith using procedures well known in the art and described in standard works of organic chemistry such as "Chemistry of Heterocyclic Compounds" edited by Weissberger. For example, the formula VI compounds may be obtained by reaction of the corresponding 4-pyrimidone with phosphorus oxychloride in the absence of a solvent, or in the presence of an inert solvent or diluent such as toluene or dioxane, and at a temperature in the range 60 - 110C. Compounds of the formula VII wherein y1 is methanesulphonyloxy, ~-toluenesulphonyloxy or trifluoromethanesulphonyloxy and R1 and R3 are other than hydrogen may be obtained, for example, by acylation of the corresponding 4-pyrimidone with the corresponding sulphonyl chloride under standard conditions. Compounds of the formula VI
wherein y1 is methanesulphonyl may be obtained from alkylation of the corresponding mercaptopyrimidine, themselves known or obtained by analogy therewith, followed by oxidation under standard conditions.
The amines of formula XIIIa, XIIIb and XIIIc may be obtained, for example, from the corresponding compound of formula VIIa, VIIb and VIIc respectively by reaction with the approprlate amine of formula R4NH2 using standard conditions (e~ For those compounds of formula I wherein A1 is a group of partial structure IIc in which Zc is a group of the formula CF3S02NH-, a compound of formula XIV is reacted with trifluoromethanesulphonic acid anhydride.
The reaction is preferably carried out in the presence of a 2082~
base, such as triethylamine, and conveniently in a suitable solvent or diluent, for example dichloromethane, and at a temperature in the range of -78C to ambient temperature. The compounds of the formula XIV may be obtained by alkylation of a compound of formula V with a compound of the formula XV (itself obtained using analogous procedures to those described in EPA 429257 and 430709) using similar conditions to those of process (c) above, followed by reduction of the nitro group in the intermediate obtained, for example by conventional catalytic hydrogenation.
Whereafter, those compounds of formula I wherein Za, Zb or Zc is lH-tetrazol-5-yl may be obtained by stepwise conversion of a compound of the formula I wherein Za, Zb or Zc is a carboxylic acid or ester group respectively into the corresponding nitrile under standard conditions, followed by reac~ion of the nitrile uith an azide such as an alkali metal azide, preferably in the presence of an ammonium halide, and preferably in the presence of a suitable polar solvent such as N,N-dimethylformamide and at a temperature in the range, for example, 50 to 160~.
Whereafter, those compounds of the formula I wherein Za, Zb or Zc is -CO.NH.(lH-tetrazol-5-yl), a group of the formula -CO.NH.S02R8 or an ester group, may be obtained, for example, by reacting a carboxylic acid of the formula I in which Za, Zb and Zc is carboxy (or a reactive derivative of said acid) with 5-aminotetrazole, a sulphonamide of the formula NH2.S02R8 or a salt thereof (for example, an alkali metal salt), or an appropr~ate alcohol or with a salt thereof (for example, an alkali metal thereof). Suitable reactive derivatlves include, for example the chloride, bromide, azide, anhydrlde and mixed anhydride with formic or acetic acid of the carboxylic acid of formula I as defined above. When the free acid form is used, the reaction is generally carried out in the presence of a suitable dehydrating agent such as dicyclohexycarbodiimide or 3-(3-dimethylaminopro wl)-l-ethylcarbodiimide in the presence of a base such as triethylamine or pyridine. When a reactive derivative is used, either the reaction is carried out in the presence of a base such as mentioned above, or, for the preparation of a compound of the .
2!0~2~
formula I wherein Za, Zb or Zc is a group of the formula -Co.N~.S02R3 or an ester group, the sulphonamide or hydroxy compound is used in the form of a salt, such as its alkali metal salt (in particular the lithium, sodium or potassium salt thereof). The reaction is generally performed in the presence of a suitable diluent or solvent such as dioxan, t-butyl methyl ether or tetrahydrofuran and at a temperature in the range, for example, ~ - 60C.
Whereafter, when a non-toxic salt of a compound of formula I
is required, it may be obtained, for example, by reaction with the appropriate base affording a physiologically acceptable cation, or with the appropriate acid affording a physiologically acceptable anion, or by any other conventional salt formation procedure.
Further, when an optically active form of a compound of formula I is required, one of the aforesaid processes may be carried out using an optically active starting material. Alternatively, the racemic form of a compound of formula I in which Za, Zb or Zc is an acidic group may be resolved, for example by reaction with an optically active form of a suitable organic base, for example, ephedrine, N,N,N-trimethyl(1-phenylethyl)ammonium hydroxide or l-phenylethylamine, followed by conventional separation of the diastereoisomeric mixture of salts thus obtained, for example by fractional crystallisation from a suitable solvent, for example a (1-4C)alkanol, whereafter the optically active form of said compound of formula I may be liberated by treatment with acid using a conventional procedure, for example using an aqueous mineral acid such as dilute hydrochloric acid.
According to a further aspect of the invention, there is provided a process for the manufacture of a compound of the formula I
wherein A1 is a group of partial structure IIa in which Za is tetrazolyl, B1 is p-phenylene optionally bearing a substituent selected from (1-4C)alkyl, (1-4C)alkoxy, halogeno, (1-4C)alkanoyl, trifluoromethyl, cyano and nitro and Rl, R2, R3, R4, and Ra have any of the meanings defined hereinbefore; which comprises reaction of a compound of the formula XVI wherein pl is an electron-deficient phenyl 20~2~
group or a pyrimidyl or pyridyl group; Re is hydrogen, (1-4C)alkyl, (L-4C)alkoxy, halogeno, (1-4C)alkanoyl, trifluoromethyl, cyano or n:itro; and R1, R2, R3, R4 and Ra have any of the values defined above;
w:ith a base selected from an alkali metal hydroxide, (I-12C)alkanolate, (1-12C)alkanethiolate, phenolate, thiophenolate or diphenylphosphide, wherein any phenyl ring of the latter three groups may optionally bear a (1-4C)alkyl, (1-4C)alkoxy or halogeno group.
A particular value for p1 includes, for example, a phenyl group bearing 1, 2 or ~ electron-withdrawing groups independently selected from nitro, cyano and trifluoromethyl.
A particular value for Re when it is alkyl is, for example, methyl or ethyl; when it is alkoxy is, for example, methoxy or ethoxy;
and when it is halogeno is, for example, fluoro, chloro, bromo or iodo.
A particular value for a base includes the following by way of example:-for an alkali metal hydroxide: sodium or potassium hydroxide;
for an alkali metal-alkanolate: an alkali metal (1-8C)alkanolate, for example an alkali metal (1-4C)alkoxide, such as sodium or potassium methoxide9 ethoxide, propoxide or butoxide;
for an alkali metal alkanethiolate: an alkali metal (1-8C)alkanethiolate, for example an alkali metal (1-4C)alkanethiolate such as sodium or potassium methanethiolate, ethanethiolate, propanethiolate or butanethiolate.
A particular value for an optlonal substituent on a phenyl group of an alkali metal phenolate, thiophenolate or diphenylphosphide, when it is alkyl is, for example, methyl or ethyl;
when it is alkoxy is, for example, methoxy or ethoxy; and ~hen it is halogeno is, for example, fluoro, chloro or bromo.
A preferred value for pl is, for example, a nitrophenyl group, especially 4-nitrophenyl.
' `
6 ~ ~
A prefer}ed value for X is, ~or exa~ple, when it is ~msubstituted ~-phenylene.
A particularly preferred base is an alkali metal alkanethiolate such as sodiun. or potassium propanethiolate, an alkali metal alkanolate such as sodium or potassiun ethoxide, or an alkali metal thiophenolate such as sodium or potassium 4-fluorothiophenolate.
It will be appreciated that when the base is an alkali metal alkanolate, alkanethiolate, phenolate, thiophenolate or diphenylphosphide, it may be generated in situ from the corresponding alkanol, alkanethiol, phenol, thiophenol or diphenylphosphine with a suitable alkali metal base such as an alkali metal hydride, for exan.ple, lithiun., potassium or sodium hydride.
The process of the invention is particularly useful for the preparation of compounds of the formula I wherein the tetrazolyl group is at the ortho position relative to the ad~2acent phenyl group.
The reaction is conveniently carried out in a suitable inert organic solvent or diluent, for example, a polar solvent such as N,N-dimethylformamide or N-methylpyrrolidone. Alternatively, an alkanol such as methanol or ethanol may be used, for example, when an alkali metal hydroxide or alkoxide such as sodium or potassium hydroxide, methoxide or ethoxide is employed. The reaction is generally carried out at a temperature in the range, for example, -30C to 50C~ It ~ill be appreciated that the choice of temperature will depend on the nature of the base employed. For example, when an alkali metal alkanethlolate or alkanolate is used, a temperature in the range of 0C to ambient temperature is preferred.
Compounds of the formula XVI may be obtained by reaction of a boronic acid of the formula XVII ~ith a compound of the formula XVIII wherein pl is an electron-deficient phenyl group or a W rimidyl or pyridyl group having any of the meanings defined above and V is a bromo, iodo or ~rifluoromethanesulphonyloxy group, in the presence of a palladium(0) or palladium (II) catalyst, such as 20~2&~Y
tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium (0) or palladium (II)chloride.
The reaction is preferably carried out in the presence of a base, such as sodium or potassium carbonate, in an inert solvent or diluent, for example, a hydrocarbon such as toluene or xylene, an ether, such as dioxan or tetrahydrofuran, an (1-4C)alkanol such as methanol or ethanol, water, or mixture thereof, for example a mixture of water, methanol and toluene, and at a temperature in the range of, for example, 50C to 150C., and conveniently at or about the reflux temperature of the solvent or mixture of solvents used.
Compounds of the formula XVII may be obtained, for example, by heating at reflux a 4-methylphenylboronic acid in a solvent such as methyl chloroform with azeotropic removal of water, followed by radical bromination of the product which may be carried out in situ, for example with bromine or N-bromosuccinimide in the presence of azo(bisisobutyronitrile). The resultant 4-bromomethylphenylboronic acid anhydride may then be used to alkylate a compound of the formula V (using similar alkylation conditions to those used in process (c) described above), followed by subsequent acidic hydrolysis, to give a formula XVII compound. Alternatively the product from the alkylation step prior to hydrolysis may be isolated and reacted directly with a compound of the formula XVIII under similar conditions to those described above to obtain a formula ~VI compound directly. In a yet further alternative procedure, a 4-methylphenylboronic acid and an appropriate alkanediol, for example 2,2-dimethylpropan-1,3-diol, may be heated at reflux in a solvent (such as cyclohexane) with azeotropic removal of water followed by free radical bromination of the product, which may be carried out in situ. The resultant bromomethyl compound may then be reacted using analogous procedures to those described above for the 4-bromomethylphenylboronic acid anhydride to obtain a formula XVII compound or a compound of the formula XVI directly.
Compounds of the formula XVIII may be obtained, for example, by reaction of an appropriately substituted benzoyl chloride with an amine of formula Pl.NH2 under standard conditions. The resultant amide ls then, for example, reacted with thionyl chloride in the presence of triethylamine and N,N-dimethylformamide in acetonitrile at ambient temperature to form ~he corresponding imidoyl chloride, which , - 22 _ 2~2~
is reacted in situ with triethylamine, sodium azide and tetrabutylammonium bromide at 10-30C to give the formula XVIII
compound.
Whereafter, the optional subsequent steps of non-toxic salt formation and/or formation of an optically active form of a compound of the formula I, may be carried out as described above for procedures (a) to (e).
Certain of the intermediates defined herein are novel, for example the compounds of the formula IIIa, IIIb, IIIc, IVa, IVb, IVc, IXa, IXb and IXc, and are provided as a further feature of the invention.
As stated above, the compounds of formula I will have beneficial pharmacological effects in warm-blooded animals (including man) in diseases and medical conditions where amelioration of the vasoconstrictor and fluid retaining properties of the renin-angiotensin-aldosterone system is desirable, at least in part by antagonism of one or more of the physiological actions of AII. The compounds of the invention will thus be useful in the treatment of diseases or medical conditions such as hypertension, congestive heart failure and/or hyperaldosteronism in warm-blooded animals (including man), as well as in other diseases or medical conditions in which the renin-angiotensin-aldosterone syste~ plays a significant causative role. The compounds of the invention may also be useful for the treatment of ocular hypertension, glaucoma, cognitive disorders ~such as Alzheimer's disease, amnesia, senile dementia and learning disorders), as well as other diseases such as renal failure, cardiac insufflciency, post-myocardial infarction, cerebrovascular disorders, anxiety, depression and certain mental illnesses such as schizophrenia.
The antagonism of one or more of the physiological actions of AII and, in particular, the antagonism of the interaction of AII
with the receptors which mediate its effects on a target tissue, may be assessed using one or more of the following, routine laboratory ., ' 2~2~&~
_ 23 -procedures:
_est A: This in vitro procedure involves the incubation of the test compound initially at a concentration of 100 micromolar (or less) in a buffered mixture containing fixed concentrations of radiolabelled AII and a cell surface membrane fraction prepared from a suitable angiotensin target tissue. In this test, the source of cell surface membranes is the guinea pig adrenal gland which is well known to respond to AII. Interaction of the radiolabelled AII with its receptors (assessed as radiolabel bound to the particulate membrane fraction following removal of unbound radiolabel by a rapid filtration procedure such as is standard in such studies) is antagonized by compounds which also bind to the membranP receptor sites and the degree of antagonism (observed in the test as displacement of membrane-bound radioactivity) is determined readily by comparing the receptor-bound radioactivity in the presence of the test compound at the specified test concentration with a control value determined in the absence of the test compound. Using this procedure compounds showing at least 50% displacement of radiolabelled AII binding at a concentration of 10 4 h are retested at lower concentrations to determine their potency. Por determination of the IC50 (concentration for 50X displacement of radiolabelled AII binding1, concentrations of the test compound are ordinarily chosen to allow testing over at least four orders of magnitude centred about the predicted approximate IC50, which latter is subsequently determined from a plot of percentage displacement against concentration of the test compound.
In general, acidic compounds of formula I as defined above show slgnlflcant inhlbition in Test ~ at a concentratlon of 50 micromolar or much less.
Test B: This in vitro test involves the measurement of the antagonistic effects of the test compound against AII-induced contractions of isolated rabbit aorta, maintained in a physiological salt solution at 37C. In order to ensure that the effect of the compound is specific to antagonism of AII, the effect of the test compound on noradrenaline-induced contractions may also be determined , ' - ", ~ ' -- 24 _ 2 ~ ~ 2 in the same preparation.
In general, acidic compounds of formula I as defined above show significant inhibition in Test B at a final concentration of 50 micromolar or much less. [Note: Compounds of formula I wherein Za, Zb or Zc is an ester group in general show only weak activity in the in vitro Tests A or B-l Test C: This in vivo test involves using terminally-anaesthetised or conscious rats in which an arterial catheter has been implanted under anaesthesia for the measurement of changes in blood pressure. The AII
antagonistic effects of the test compound following oral or parenteral administration, are assessed against angiotensin II-induced pressor responses. To ensure that the effect is specific, the effect of the test compound on vasopressin-induced pressor responses may also be determined in the same preparation.
The compounds of formula I generally show specific AII-antagonist properties in Test C at a dose of 50 mg/kg body weight or much less, without any overt toxicological or other untoward pharmacological effect.
Test D: This in vivo test involves the stimulation of endogenous AII
biosynthesis in a variety of species including rat, marmoset and dog by introducing a diet of low sodium content and giving appropriate daily doses of a saluretic known as frusemide. The test compound is then administered orally or parenterally to the animal in which an arterial catheter has been implanted under anaesthesia for the measurement of changes in blood pressure.
In general compounds of formula I will show AII-antagonist properties in Test D as demonstrated by a significant reduction in blood pressure at a dose of SO mg/kg body weight or much less, without any overt toxicological or other untoward pharmacological effect.
The compounds of formula I will generally be administered for therapeutic or prophylactic purposes to warm-blooded animals ' ~ ' - 25 - 2~2~
(including man) requiring such treatment in the form of a pharmaceutical composition, as is well known in the pharmaceutical art. According to a further feature of the invention there is provided a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of formula I, or a salt as defined above, together with a pharmaceutically acceptable diluent or carrier. Such compositions will conveniently be in a form suitable for oral administration (e.g. as a tablet, capsule, solution, suspension or emulsion) or parenteral administration (e.g.
as an injectable aqueous or oily solution, or injectable emulsion).
The compounds of formula I, or a non-toxic salt thereof, may also be advantageously administered for therapeutic or prophylactic purposes together with another pharmacological agent known in the general art to be of value in treating one or more of the diseases or medical conditions referred to hereinabove, such as a beta-adrenergic blocker (for example atenolol), a calcium channel blocker (for example nifedipine), an angiotensin converting enzyme (ACE~ inhibitor (for example lisinopril) or a diuretic (for example furosemide or hydrochlorothiazide). It is to be understood that such combination therapy constitutes a further aspect of the present invention.
In general a compound of formula I (or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof as appropriate) will generally be administered to man so that, for example, a daily oral dose of up to 50 mg/kg body weight (and preferably of up to 10 mg/kg) or a daily parenteral dose of up to 5 mgJkg body weight (and preferably of up to 1 mg/kg) is received, given in dlvided doses as necessary, the precise amount of compound (or salt) administered and the route and form of admlnlstratlon depending on size, age and sex of the person being treated and on the particular disease or medical condition being treated according to principles well known in the medical arts.
In addition to their aforesaid use in therapeutic medicine in humans, the compounds of formula I are also useful in the veterinary treatment of similar conditions affecting commercially valuable warm-blooded animals, such as dogs, cats, horses and cattle.
In general for such treatment, the compounds of the formula I will `''` ~ -208~6~
generally be administered in an analogous amount and manner to those described above for administration to humans. The compounds of formula I are also of value as pharmacological tools in the development and standardisation of test systems for the evaluation of the effects of AII in laboratory animals such as cats, dogs, rabbits, monkeys, rats and mice, as part of the continuing search for new and improved therapeutic agents.
The invention will now be illustrated by the following non-limiting ~xamples in which, unless otherwise stated:-(i) concentrations and evaporations were carried out by ro~ary evaporation _ vacuo;
(ii) operations wsre carried out at room temperature, that is in the range 18-26C;
(iii) flash column chromatography was performed on Nerck Kieselgel 60 (Art. no. 9385) obtained from E Merck, Darmstadt, Germany;
(iv) yields, where given, are intended for the assistance of the reader only and are not necessarily the maximum attainable by diligent process development;
(v) 1H NNR spectra were normally determined at 200 NHz in CDCl3 using tetramethylsilane (TNS) as an internal standard, and are expressed as chemical shifts ~delta values) in parts per million relative to TMS using conventional abbreviations for designation of ma~or peaks: s, singlet; m, multiplet; t, triplet; br, broad;
d,doublet;
(vi) 13C NHR spectra were normally determined at 100 MHz in CDCl3 or d6-dimethylsulphoxide (d6-DMS0) using the solvent signal as internal standard, and are expressed as chemical shifts (delta values) ln parts per million relat~ve to TNS; and (vii) all end-products had satisfactory microanalyses.
20~2~
~LE 1 Concentrated hydrochloric acid (0~5 ml) was added to a solution of 2,6-dimethyl-4-[N-(2'-(2-triphenylmethyl-2H-tetrazol-5-yl)biphenyl-4-ylmethyl)amino]pyrimidine (A) (0.5 g) in methanol and the mixture was stirred for 10 minutes. Volatile material was removed by evaporation and the residue was purified by crystallisation from iso-propanol~ethanol to give 2,6-dimethyl-4-lN-(2'-(lH-tetrazol-5-yl)-biphenyl-4-ylmethyl)amino~pyrimidine hydrochloride (138 mg), as an off white solid, m.p. 248-252C (decomposition); NMR (d6-DMSO): 2.37(s, 3H), 2.52(s, 3H), 4.63(d, 2H), 6.54(s, lH), 7.11(d, 2H), 7.25(d, 2H), 7.43-7.66(m, 4H), 9.29(broad s, lH); mass spectrum (positive fast atom bombardment (+ve FAB), DMS0/methanol/nitrobenzyl alcohol): 358(~+H)+;
microanalysis, found: C, 60.1; H, 5.3; N, 23.4X;
C2oHlgN7~HCl~0~25C2H50H~0~25H20 requires: C, 60.0; H, 5.4; N, 23.2~.
The starting material A was prepared as follows:
(i) 4-Amino-2,6-dimethylpyrimidine (B) (2.5 g) was added to a suspension of sodium hydride (60% dispersion in mineral oil; 1.11 g) in N,N-dimethylformamide (DNF) (180 ml) and the mixture was stirred for 6 hours. 5-12-(4'-Bromomethylbiphenyl)]-2-triphenylmethyl-2H-tetrazole (14.8 g) (obtained as described in European patent application, publication no. 291969) was added and the mixture was stirred for 16 hours. Solvent was removed by evaporation and the residue was partitioned between ethyl acetate and water. The organic layer was separated, washed with saturated sodium chloride solution and dried. Solvent was removed by evaporation and the residue was pllrified by flash chromatography eluting with ethyl acetate/methanol (49:1 v/v). Fractions containing the desired compound were combined and solvent was removed by evaporation. The residue was further purified by flash chromatography eluting with dichloromethane/methanol (19:1 v/v) to give 2,6-dimethyl-4-lN-(2'-(lH-triphenylmethyl-2H-tetrazol-5-yl)biphenyl-4-ylmethyl)aminolpyrimidine (A) (1.52 g), as a white foam; NMR (CDCl3): 2.26(s, 3H), 2.50(s, 3H), 4.41(d, 2H), 4.88(broad s, lH), 5.90(s, lH), 6.86-S.97(m, 6H), 7.02-7.17(m, 4H), 7.19-7.55(complex m, 12H), 7.96(m, lH); mass spectru~ (+ve FAB, methanol/nitrobenzyl alcohol): 600(M+H)+.
' , 2 0 ~ 8 ~LLHPLES 2-7 Using an analogous procedure to that described in Example 1, but starting from the appropriate compound of formula IVa wherein La is triphenylmethyl, the following compounds of formula I (in which is a group of partial structure IIa) were obtained in yields of 52-92%.
(~xample 2): 2,6-dimethyl-4-lN-methyl-N-(2'-(lH-tetrazol-5-yl)-biphenyl-4-ylmethyl)amino]pyrimidine hydrochloride as a solid, m.p.
222-226C; NMR (d6-DMS0/d4-acetic acid): 2.41,2.46(d of s, 3H), 2.56,2.58(d of s, 3H), 3.17,3.32(d of s, 3H), 4.85,5.05(d of s, 2H), 6.75,6.9(d of s, lH), 7.05-7.4(complex m, 4H), 7.45-7.8(complex m, 4H); mass spectrum (+ve FAB, glycerol/methanol): 372(M+H)+;
microanalysis, found: C, 61.3; H, 5.2; N, 26.6X; C21H21N7.HCl requires C, 61.8; H, 5.44; N, 24.0%.
(ex ~ple 3): 2-ethyl-4-[(2'-(lH-tetrazol-5-yl)biphenyl-4-ylmethyl)-arino]-5,6,7,8-tetrahydroquinazoline hydrochloride as a solid, m.p.
277-278C; NMR (d6-DNSO): l.l9(t, 3H), 1.78(m, 4H), 2.38(m, 2H), 2.67(m, 2H), 2.74(q, 2H), 4.70(d, 2H), 7.06(d, 2H), 7.27(d, 2H), 7.56(m, 4H), 9.05(t, lH); mass spectrum (+ve FAB methanol/nitrobenzyl alcohol): 412(M+H)+; microanalysis, found: C, 64.1; H, 5.9; N, 21.8%;
C24H25N7.HCl requires: C, 64.3; H, 5.8; N, 21.9-~.
(EYarple 4): 2,6-di~ethyl-5-iodo-4-l~2'-(lH-tetrazol-5-yl)biphenyl-4-ylmethyl)a~dno]pyrioidine hydrochloride as a solid, m.p. 221-223C;
NMR (d6-DNS0): 2.40(s, 3H), 2.50(s, 3H), 4.72(d, 2H), 7.06(d, 2H), 7.25(d, 2H), 7.64(m, 4H), 8.92(broad t, lH); mass spectrum (+ve FAB, DMS0/glycerol): 484(~+H)+; microanalysis, found: C, 45.8; H, 3.7; N, 18.6X; C20H18IN7.HCl requires: C, 46.2; H, 3.7; NJ 18.9X.
(~xample 5): 2-ethyl-4-[(2'-(lH-tetrazol-5-yl)biphenyl-4-ylmethyl~-a~inolquinazoline hydrochloride as a solid, m.p. 256-257C;
NNR (d6-DMSO): 1.31(t, 3H), 2.93(q, 2H), 4.95(d, 2H), 7.07(d, 2H), 7.37(d, 2H), 7.60(m, 5H), 7.88(d, lH), 8.00(m, lH), 8.59(d, lH), 10.83(t, lH); mass spectrum (+ve FAB, DHS0/methanol/Ditrobenzyl : ` :
2 ~
alcohol): 408(H+H)+; microanalysis, found: C, 64.3; H, 5.0; N, 21.6%;
C~4H21N7.HClØ25CH30H requires: C, 64.4; H, 5.1; N, 21.7%.
(F.xample 6): 2,6-diethyl-5-iodo-4-l(2'-(lH-tetrazol-5-yl~biphenyl-4-ylmethyl)amino]pyrimidine hydrochloride as a solid m.p. 226-229C; NMR
(d6-DNS0): 1.18(d of t, 6H), 2.80(d of q, 4H), 4.7(d, 2H), 7.05(d, 2H), 7.27(d, 2H), 7.85(m, 4H), 8.9(broad s, lH); mass spectrum (+ve FAB, D~S0/nitrobenzyl alcohol): 512(~+H)+; microanalysis, found: C, 48-6; N, 4-2; N, 17.8%; C22H22IN7.HCl requires: C, 48.2; H, 4.2; N, 17.9%.
(Example 7): 2,4-diethyl-8-1(2'-(lH-tetrazol-5-yl)biphenyl-4-ylmethyl)]pyridol2,3-dlpyrimidin-7(8H)-one as a solid, m.p.
214-215C; NMR (d6-DMS0): 1.26(d of t, 6H), 2.89(q, 2H), 3.05(q, 2H), 5.53(s, 2H), 6.72(d, lH), 7.01(d, 2H), 7.26(d, 2H), 7.56(m, 4H), 8.21(d, lH); mass spectrum (+ve FAB, methanol/nitrobenzyl alcohol):
438(~+H)+; microanalysis, found: C, 67.1; H, 5.4; N, 21.5X;
C25H23N70Ø5H20 requires: C, 67.2; H, 5.4; N, 21.9%.
The necessary starting materials of formula IVa used in Examples 2-7, corresponding to starting material A in Example 1, were obtained in yields of 30-75X using a similar procedure to that described in Example 1, part (i) as follows:-(Example 2A): 2,6-dimethyl-4-IN-methyl-N-(2'-(2-triphenylmethyl-2H-tetrazol-5-yl)biphenyl-4-ylmethyl)aminolpyrimidine as a solid, m.p.
155C (decomposition); NMR (CDCl3): 2.31(s, 3H), 2.51(s, 3H), 2.65(s, 3H), 4.72(s, 2H), 6.07(s, lH), 6.6-6.92(m, 6H), 6.93(d, 2H), 7.09(d, 2H), 7.15-7.4(complex m, lOH), 7.45(m, 2H), 7.95(m, lH); mass spectrum (+ve PAB, DHS0/methanol/nitrobenzyl alcohol): 614(H+H)+.
(Example 3AL: 2-ethyl-4-1(2'-(2 triphenylmethyl-2H-tetrazol-5-yl)-biphenyl-4-ylmethyl)amino]-5,6,7,8-tetrahydroquinazoline as a solid, m.p. 190-192C; NNR (CDCl3): 1.32(t, 3H), 1.75(m, 4H), 2.08(m, 2H), 2.69(m, 2H), 2.74(q, 2~), 4.5(broad t, lH), 4.64(d, 2H), 6 91(m, 6H), 7.10(s, 4H), 7.25(complex m, lOH), 7.48(m, 2H), 7.95(m, lH).
. ~ . . . .
2 0 ~
(Example 4A): 2,6-dimethyl-5-iodo-4-~(2'-(2-triphenylmethyl-2H-tetrazol-5-yl)biphenyl-4-ylmethyl)amino]pyrimidine as a solid; NMR
(CDCl3): 2.48(s, 3H), 2.57(s, 3H), 4.62(d, 2H), 5.55(broad t, lH), 6.92(m, 6H), 7.10(m, 4H), 7.26(complex m, lOH), 7.48(m, 2H), 7.95(m, lH).
(Example 5A): 2-ethyl-4-l(2'-(2-triphenylmethyl-2H-tetrazol-5-yl)biphenyl-4-ylmethyl)amino]quinazoline as a foam; NMR (CDCl3):
1.39(t, 3H), 2.92(q, 2H), 4.79(d, 2H), 5.55(broad t, lH), 6.90(m, 6H), 7.26(complex m, 15H), 7.41(m, lH), 7.48(m, 2H), 7.67(m, lH), 7.80(d, lH), 7.98(m, lH)-(Example 6A): 4-amino-2,6-diethyl-5-iodopyrimidine (320 mg) was added to a mixture of potassium t-butoxide (130 mg) and 1,4,7,10,13,16-hexaoxacyclooctadecane (20 mg) in THF (25 ml) and the mixture was stirred for 5 minutes. A solution of 5-[2-(4'-bromomethylbiphenyl)]-2-triphenylmethyl-2H-tetrazole (111 mg) in tetrahydrofuran (THF) (2 ml) was added and the mixture was stirred for 4 hours. Solvent was removed by evaporation and the residue was partitioned between ethyl acetate and saturated sodium chloride solution. The aqueous layer was separated, extracted with ethyl acetate and the combined organic extracts dried. Solvent was removed by evaporation and the residue was purified by flash chromatography eluting with diethyl ether/hexane (2:3 vtv) to give 2,6-diethyl-5-iodo-4-l(2'-(2-triphenylmethyl-2H-tetrazol-5-yl)biphenyl-4-ylmethyl)-aminolpyrimidine as a foam; NHR (CDCl3): 1.25(double t, 6H), 2.82(d of q, 4H), 4.36(d, 2H), 5.68(broad s, lH), 6.92(m, 6H), 7.09(s, 4H), 7.26(complex m, 8H), 7.38(m, 2H)~ 7.47(m, 2H~, 7.95(m, lH).
(Example 7A): 2,4-diethyl-8-l(2'-(2-triphenylmethyl)-2H-tetrazol-5-yl)biphenyl-4-ylmethyl)lpyridol2,3-d]pyrimidin-7(8H)-one, was obtained using an analogous procedure to that described in Example 6A, as a solid; NMR (CDCl3): 1.35(t, 6H~, 3.0(d of q, 4H), 5.60(s, 2H), 6.69(d, lH), 6.93(m, 6H), 7.04(d, 2H), 7.35(complex m, 14H), 7.83(d, lH), 7.89(m, lH).
The necessary starting materials of formula V used in 2~82~
Examples 2-4, corresponding to compound B in Example 1, were obtained as follows:
(Example 2B): An 8M solution of methylamine in ethanol (6.2 ml) was added to a solution of 6-chloro-2,4-dimethyl pyrimidine (1.42 g) (obtained as described in Chem. Ber., 1902, 35, 1576) in ethanol (5 ml) and the mixture was stirred for 16 hours. Solvent was removed by evaporation and the residue was partitioned between 0.25M sodium carbonate solution (50 ml) and ethyl acetate (25 ml). The aqueous phase was separated and extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 25 ml). The combined organic extracts were washed with saturated sodium chloride solution and dried. Solvent was removed by evaporation and the residue was triturated with ethyl acetate to give 2,6-dimethyl-4- -(N-methylamino)pyrimidine (1.07 g), as a pale yellow solid; NMR
(CDCl3): 2.33(s, 3H), 2.47(s, 3H), 2.09 and 2.92(two s, 3H), 5.2(broad s, lH), 6.00(s, lH); mass spectrum (CI, ammonia): 138(M+H)+.
(Exam~le 3B): (i) A solution of propionamidine hydrochloride (2.7 g) in ethanol (25 ml) was added to a solution of sodium (600 mg) in ethanol (25 ml) and the mixture was stirred for 10 minutes. Ethyl cyclohexanone-2-carboxylate ~4.25 g) was added and the mixture was stirred for two days and then heated at reflux for 1 hour. Solvent was removed by evaporation and ice was added to the residue. The mixture was then extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 50 ml). The combined extracts were washed with water, saturated sodium chloride solution and then dried (MgS04). Solvent was removed by evaporation and the residue was triturated with hexane. The resultant solid was collected by filtratlon to give 4-hydroxy-2-ethyl-5,~,7,8-tetrahydroquinazol~ne (C) (1.1 g), as a solld, m.p. 199-200C; NMR
(CDC13): 1.33(t, 3H), 1.77(m, 4H), 2.5(m, 2H), 2.66(m, 4H), 12.5(broad s, lH); mass spectrum (CIJ ammonia): 179(~+H)+.
(ii) A solution of compound C (100 mg) in phosphorous oxychloride (2 ml) was heated at reflux for 45 minutes. The mixture was cooled to ambient temperature and volatile material was removed by evaporation.
Ice was added to the residue and the mixture was basified with sodium bicarbonate. The mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate and the 2~82~
extract dried (HgS04). Solvent was removed by evaporation to give 4-chloro-2-ethyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydroquinazoline (D) (92 mg), as a low melting solid; NMR (CDC13): 1.33(t, 3H), 1.66(m, 4H), 2.69(m, 2H), 2.85(m, 4H); mass spectrum (CI, ammonia): 196,198(N+H)+.
(iii) Compound D (4.7 g) was added to a saturated solution of ammonia in ethanol (50 ml) and the mixture was heated at 135C in a sealed tube for 12 hours. Volatile materi-al was removed by evaporation and the residue was partitioned between ethyl acetate and water. The organic layer was separated and solvent was removed by evaporation. The residue was purified by flash chromatography eluting with ethyl acetate/methanol (9:1 v/v) to give 4-amino-2-ethyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydroquinazoline (2.1 g), as a solid, m.p. 184C; NNR (d6-DMS0):
1.15(t, 3H), 1.7(m, 4H), 2.25(broad s, 2H), 2.5(m, 4H), 6.25(broad s, 2H); mass spectrum (CI, ammonia): 178(M+H)+.
(Example 4Bl: Bis(trifluoroacetoxy)iodobenzene (4.3 g) and iodine (1.27 g) were added to a solution of 4-amino-2,6-dimethylpyrimidine (1.23 g) in dichloromethane (30 ml) and methanol (70 ml) and the mixture was stirred for 16 hours. Solvent was removed by evaporation and 5% sodium metabisulphite solution (50 ml) was added to the residue. The mixture was basified with sodium bicarbonate and the resultant solid was collected by filtration to give 6-iodo-2,4-dimethylpyrimidine (1.5 g), as a yellow solid, m.p. 133-134C; NMR
(d6-DMS0): 2.26(s, 3H), 2.40(s, 3H), 6.73(broad s, 2H); mass spectrum (CI, ammonia): 250(N+H)+.
(Example 5B): (i) A mixture of 2-aminobenzamide (13.6 g), methyl propionylacetate (26.6 ml) and p-toluenesulphonic acid (150 mg) in benzene (200 ml) was heated at reflux for 6 hours with azeotropic removal of wate~. The mixture was cooled to ambient temperature and solvent was removed by evaporation. The residue was dissolved in a eutectic mixture of diphenyl/diphenyl ether (1:2.77 v/v) (10 ml) and the solution was added to a refluxing eutectic mixture of diphenyl/diphenyl ether (1:2.77 v/v) (40 ml). The mixture was heated at reflux for 20 minutes and then cooled to ambient temperature.
Hexane (200 ml) was added and the mixture was then decanted to leave a .
`" 20~2~8 solid residue. The residue was washed with hexane (2 x 200 ml) and collected by filtration to give 2-ethyl-4-hydroxyquinazoline (C) (16.9 g), as a brown solid, m.p. 199-201C; NMR (d6-DMS0): 1.25(t, 3H), 2.64(q, 2H), 7.4(m, lH), 7.6(d, lH), 7.78(m, lH), 8.06(dd, lH), 12.12(broad s, lH).
(ii) A solution of compound C (1 g) in phosphorous oxychloride (12 ml) was heated at reflux for 1 hour. The mixture was cooled to ambient temperature and volatile material was removed by evaporation.
Ice was added to the residue and the mixture was basified with potassium carbonate. The mixture was extracted with ether (2 x 10 ml) and the combined extracts dried (NgS04). Decolourising activated carbon was added to the ethereal solution and the carbon was then removed by filtration. Solvent was removed by evaporation to give 4-chloro-2-ethylquinazoline (D) (500 mg), as a yellow solid; NMR
(CDCl3): 1.4(t, 3H), 3.10(q, 2H), 7.64(mt lH), 7.98(m, 2H), 8.23(dd, lH); mass spectrum (CI, ammonia): 192,194(N+H)+.
(iii) Compound D (600 mg) was added to a saturated solùtion of ammonia in ethanol (25 ml) and the mixture was heated at 180C for 18 hours. Volatile material was removed by evaporation and saturated sodium bicarbonate solution (25 ml) was added to the residue. The resultant solid was collected by filtration to give 4-amino-2-ethyl-quinazoline (B) (250 mg), as an off white solid, m.p. 214-216C
(decomposition); NMR (CDCl3): 1.39(t, 3H), 2.87(q, 2H), 5.58(broad s, 2H), 7.44(m, lH), 7.75(m, 3H); mass spectrum (CI, ammonia): 174(M+H)+.
(Example 6B): (i) 4-chloro-2,6-diethylpyrimidlne (0.86 g) (obtalned as descrlbed ln J. Chem. Soc., 1963, 5642) was added to a saturated solution of ammonia in ethanol (50 ml) and the mixture was heated at 135C in a sealed tube for 16 hours. The mixture was cooled to ambient temperature and solvent was removed by evaporation. The residue was trlturated with diethyl ether (3 x 2.5 ml) to give 4-amino-2,6-diethylpyrimidine hydrochloride (C) (0.57 g), as an off white solid; N~R (d6-DNSO): 1.18(d of t, 6H), 2.55(q, 2H), 2.66(q, 2H), 7.6(broad s, lH); mass spectrum (CI, ammonia): 152(M+H)+.
'" ' `'""' " '''''~ ~''`' ''' ' ` '`'' -- - .
: .
2 ~
(ii) Using an analo~ous procedure to that described in Example 4B, but starting from compound (C), there was obtained in 38% yield 4-amino-2,6-diethyl-5-iodopyrimidine as a solidj NMR (CDC13):
1.28(d of t, 6H), 2.71(q, 2H), 2.85(q, 2H), 5.42(broad s, 2H); mass spectrum (CI, a~monia): 278(M+H)+.
(Example 7B): (i) Iodine (20.3 g) was added to a solution of 2,6-diethyl-4-hydroxypyrimidine (15.2 g) (obtained as described in J.
Chem. Soc., 1963, 5642) in lN sodium hydroxide solution (105 ml) and the mixture stirred for 2 hours. The product was collected by filtration, washed with water and dried to give 2,6-diethyl-4-hydroxy-5-iodopyrimidine (C) (14.6 g) as an off white solid, m.p. 166-168C;
NMR (d6-DNS0): 1.13(d of t, 6H), 2.51(q, 2H), 2.70(q, 2H), 12.53(broad s, lH); mass spectrum (CI, ammonia): 279(~+H)+.
(ii) A mixture of compound C (556 mg), ethyl acrylate (0.33 ml), palladium (II) acetate (50 mg) and triethylamine (1 ml) in DMF (3 ml) was heated at 120C for 6 hours. The mixture was cooled to ambient temperature and triturated with saturated sodium carbonate solution.
The product was collected by filtration and re-crystallised from ethyl acetate to give ethyl 3-[(2,6-diethyl-4-hydroxy)pyrimidin-5-yl]-acrylate (D) (200 mg) as an off white solid, m.p. 171-174C; NHR
(CDC13): 1.33(t of t, 9H), 2.80~d of q, 4H), 4.26(q, 2H), 7.30(d, lH), 7.70(d, lH); mass spectrum (CI, ammonia): 268(M+NH4)+, 251(H+H)+.
(iii) A solution of compound D (1 g~ in phosphorous oxychloride (10 ml) was heated at reflux for 1 hour. The mixture was cooled to ambient temperature and volatlle materlal was removed by evaporation.
Ice was added to the residue and the mixture was then basified with potassiu~ carbonate. The mixture was extracted with ether (3 x 50 ml) and the combined extracts dried (~gS04). Solvent was removed by evaporation and the residue purified by flash chromatography eluting with ethyl acetate~hexane (1:9 v/v) to give ethyl 3-1(4-chloro-2,6-diethyl)pyrimldin-3-yl]acrylate (E) (720 mg) as an oil; NMR (CDC13):
1.32(t of t, 9H), 2.89(d of q, 4H), 4.30(q, 2H), 6.35(d, lH), 7.71(d, lH); mass spectrum (CI, ammonia): 268,270(M+H)+.
~', , 20~2~ 3~
(:iv) Compound E (700 mg) was added to a saturated solution of ammonia in ethanol (50 ml) and the mixture was heated at 120C for 12 hours in a sealed tube. The mixture was cooled to ambient temperature and solvent was removed by evaporation. The residue was triturated with acetone and the solid ~as removed by filtration and discarded.
The filtrate was concentrated by evaporation and the residue was purified by flash chromatography to give ethyl 3-l(4-amino-2,6-diethyl)pyrimidin-5-yl]acrylate (F) (220 mg) as an oil; NM~ (CDC13):
1.30(t of t, 9H), 2.73(d of q, 4H), 4.28(q, 2H), 5.07(broad s, 2H), 6.29(d, lH), 7.73(d, lH); mass spectrum (CI, ammonia): 250(M+H)+.
(v) Compound F (50 mg) was added to a solution of sodium (18 mg) in ethanol (10 ml) and the mixture heated at reflux for 2 hours. The mixture was cooled to ambient temperature and solvent was removed by evaporation. Saturated sodium chloride solution (10 ml) was added to the residue and the mixture was acidified to pH 4 with lM citric acid solution. The mixture was then extracted with dichloromethane (2 x 10 ml) and the combined extracts dried (MgS04). Solvent was removed by evaporation ~o give 2,4-diethylpyridol2,3-d]pyrimidin-7(8H)-one (B) (22 mg), as a foam; NNR (CDC13): 1.37(t, 6H), 3.01(d of q, 4H), 6.66(d, lH), 7.89(d, lH), 9.57(broad s, lH); mass spectrum (CI, ammonia): 204(M+H)+.
EXA~PLES 8-11 Using an analogous procedure to that described in Example 1, but star~ing from the appropriate compound corresponding to startin~
material A in Example 1, the following compounds were obtained in yields of 53-85X:
( _arple 8): 2,4-diethyl-8-l(2'-(lH-tetrazol-5-yl)biphenyl-4-yl)-methyl]-5,6,7,8-tetrahydropyridol2,3-dlpyri~idin-7-o~e hydrochloride as a solid, m.p. 240-241C; NHR (d6-DNS0): 1.2(dt, 6H), 2.85(m, 6H), 2.99(q, 2H), 5.22~s, 2H), 7.01(d, 2H), 7.24(d, 2H), 7.60(m, 4H); mass spectrum (+ve ~AB, methanol/nitrobenzyl alcohol): 462(N+Na)+, 440(H+H)+; microanalysis, found: C, 62.4; H, 5.5; N, 19.7%;
C25H27N70.1.0HCl.O.l(C2H5)20 requires: C, 62.1; H, 5.5; N, 19.9%-2082~
(Example 9): 2,6-diethyl-5-(4-methylphenyl)-4-1(2'-(lH-tetrazol-5-yl)methylamino]pyrimidine hydrochloride as a solid m.p. 246C; NHR
(d6-DMS0): 1.05(t, 3H), 1.24(t, 3H), 2.39(q, 2H), 2.40(s, 3H), 2.86(q, 2H), 4.60(d, 2H), 7.03(d, 2H), 7.20(d, 4H), 7.39(d, 2H), 7.48(m, 4H), 8.30(t, lH); mass spectrum (+ve FAB, methanol/nitrobenzyl alcohol):
476 (N+H)+; microanalysis, found: C, 67.9; H, 6.0; N, 19.3%;
C29H29N7.1.0HCl requires: C, 68.0; H, 5.9; N, 19.1%.
(Example 10): 2,6-diethyl-5-(phenylmethyl)-4-1(2'-(lH-tetrazol-5-yl)methylamino]pyrimidine hydrochloride as a solid, m.p. 202-203C;
NNR (d6-DMS0): 1.02(t, 3H), 1.15(t, 3H), 2.5(q, 2H), 2.55(q, 2H), 3.93(s, 2H), 4.58(d, 2H), 6.95(d, 2H), 7.07(d, 4H), 7.21m, 3H), 7.55(m, 5H); mass spectrum (+ve FAB, methanol/nitrobenzyl alcohol):
476 (M+H)+; microanalysis, found: C, 70.4; H, 6.4; N, 19.6%;
C29H29N7.1.0HCl.1.0H20 requires: C, 70.5; H, 6.3; N, 19.8%.
( ample 11): 2,4-diethyl-8-1(2'-(lH-tetrazol-5-yl)biphenyl-4-yl)-methyll-5,6,7,8-tetrahydropyridol2,3-dlpyT$nidine hydrochloride as a solid, m.p. 255-256C; NMR (d6-DNSO): 1.20(dt, 6H), 1.88(m, 2H), 2.70(m, 6H), 3.55(m, 2H), 4.98(s, 2H), 7.08(d, 2H), 7.27(d, 2H), 7.60(m, 4H); mass spectrum (~ve FAB, methanol/nitrobenzyl alcohol):
426 (M~H)+; microanalysis, found: C, 64.1; H, 5.9; N, 20.1%;
C25N27N5.1ØHC1Ø15(C2H5)20 requires: C, 64.3; H, 6.0; N, 20.5%.
The necessary starting materials of formula IVa used in Examples 8-11, corresponding to starting material A in Example 1, were obtained in yields of 28-75X as follows:
(Example 8A): Using an analogous procedure to that described in Example 6~ there was thus obtained 2,4-dlethyl-8-1(2'-(2-triphenylmethyl-2H-tetrazol-5-yl)biphenyl-4-yl)methyll-5,6,7,8-tetrahydropyridol2,3-dlpyrlmldin-7-one as a foam; NHR (CDC13): 1.24(t, 3H), 1.32(t, 3H), 2.8(m, 8H), 5.26(s, 2H), 6.9(m, 6H), 7.03(d, 2H), 7.28(complex m, 12H), 7.45(m, 2H), 7.89(m, lH).
(Example 9A~: Uslng an analogous procedure to that described in Example 6A there was thus obta$ned 2,6-diethyl-5-(4-methylphenyl)-4-~.
~.
, 20~2~
~(2'-(2-triphenylmethyl-2H-tetrazol-5-yl)biphenyl-4-yl)methyla~ino]-pyrimidine as a foam; NMR (CDC13): l.lO(t, 3H), 1.35(t, 3H), 2.36(s, 3H), 2.40(q, 2H), 2.83(q, 2H), 4.95(d, 2H), 4.6(bs, H), 6.90(complex m, 8H), 7.05(complex m, 7H), 7.25(complex m, 9H), 7.45(m, 2H), 7.90(m, lH).
(Example lOA): Using an analogous procedure to that described in Example 6A there was thus obtained 2,6-diethyl-5-(phenylmethyl)-4-[2-(2-triphenylmethyl-2H-tetrazol-5-yl)biphenyl-4-yl)methylamino]-pyrimidine as a foam; NNR (CDC13): 1.31(dt, 6H), 3.0(broad s, 4H), 3.81(s, lH), 4.57(d, 2H), 6.73(d, 2H), 6.90(complex m, 6H), 7.00(complex m, 4H), 7.10(s, lH), 7.26(complex m, llH), 7.50(m, 3H), 7.91(m, lH); mass spectrum (+ve FAB, DMS0/nitro benzyl alcohol): 718 (~+H)+.
(Example llA): Using an analogous procedure to that described in Example 1, par~ (i), 2,4-diethyl-8-l2'-~2-triphenylmethyl-2H-tetrazol-5-yl)biphenyl-4-yl)methyll-5,6,7,8-tetrahydrow ridol2,3-d]-pyrimidine as a foam; NMR (CDC13): 1.25(dt, 6H), 1.8(m, 2H), 2.59(m, 4H), 2.72(q, 2H), 3.13(m, 2H), 4.82(s, 2H), 6.9(m, 6H), 7.07~s, 3H), 7.15-7.5(complex m, 14H), 7.92(m, lH); mass spectrum (+ve FAB, methanol/nitrobenzyl alcohol): 66~ (H+H)+.
The necessary starting materials of formula V used in Examples 8-11 corresponding to B in Example 1 were prepared as follows:-(Example 8B)s (i) A solutlon of ethyl 3-l(4-amlno-2,6-diethyl)-pyrlmldin-5-yllacrylate (100 mg) ln ethanol (6 ml) was catalytically hydrogenated over 30X palladlum on carbon. When hydrogen uptake ceased the catalyst was removed by flltration through diatomaceous earth. Solvent was removed from the filtrate by evaporation to give ethyl 3-l(4-amino-2,6-diethyl)wrimidin-5-yl]proplonate (B) (88 mg) as an oil; NMR (CDC13): 1.18(m, 9N), 2.6(m, 8H), 4.09(q, 2H), 5.09(broad s, 2H); mass spectrum (chemical ionisation, ammonia): 252 ~N+N)+, (ii) Sodium metal (27 mg) was added to a solution of compound B
2082~-;3~
(290 mg) in ethanol ~15 ml) and the mixture was stirred at ambient temperature for 2 hours. Solvent was removed by evaporation and the residue was partitioned between water (5 ml) and ethyl acetate (20 ml). The aqueous layer was separated and extracted with ethyl acetate (20 ml). The combined organic solutions were dried (HgS04) and solvent removed by evaporation to give 2,4-diethyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydropyridol2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-one (C) (205 mg) as a pale pink solid, m.p. 93-96C; NMR (CDC13): 1.30(dt, 6H), 2.86(m, 8H), 8.02(broad s, 2H); mass spectrum (chemical ionisation, ammonia): 206 (M+H)+.
(Example 9B): (i) A solution of 2,6-diethyl-4-hydroxy-5-iodopyrimidine (1.0 g) in phosphorus oxychloride (10 ml) was heated at reflux for 2 hours. The solution was cooled to ambient temperature and volatile material was removed by evaporation. The residue was treated with water (100 ml) and the mixture basified with solid potassium carbonate. The mixture was extraoted with ether (2 x 50ml) and the combined organic extracts dried (NgS04). Solvent was removed by evaporation to give 4-chloro-2,6-diethyl-5-iodopyrimidine (C) (1.01 g); NMR (CDC13): 1.31 (dt, 6H), 2.94(dq, 4H); mass spectrum (chemical ionisation, ammonia): 296, 298 (M+H)+.
(ii) A mixture of compound C (0.72 g), 4-methylphenyl boronic acid (0.35 g), tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium (86 mg), saturated sodiu~ bicarbonate solution (12 ml) and toluene (40 ml) was heated under reflux for 6 hours. The mixture was cooled to ambient temperature and the organic phase was separated. me aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate and the comblned organlc phases were dried (NgS04) and solvent was removed by evaporatlon. The resldue was purlfled by flash chromatography elutlng wlth ethyl acetate/hexane (1:9 v/v) to give 4-chloro-2,6-diethyl-5-(4-methylphenyl)pyrimidine (D) (0.42 g) as a solid; NHR (CDCl3): 1.13(t, 3H), 1.39(t, 3H), 2.56(q, 2H), 2.97(q, 2H), 7.10(d, 2H), 7.27(d, 2H); mass spectrum (chemical ionisation, ammonia): 261 (N+~)+.
(iii) Compound D (0.40 g) was added to a saturated solution of ammonia in ethanol (10 ml) and the mixture was heated at 150C for 12 2082~
hours. Volatile material was removed by evaporation and the residue was partitioned between saturated sodium bicarbonate solution (5 ml) and ethyl acetate (20 ml). The aqueous layer was separated, extracted with ethyl acetate (20 ml) and the combined organic extracts dried (NgS04). Solvent was removed by evaporation and the residue was purified by flash chromatography eluting with ethyl acetate to give 4-amino-2,6-diethyl-5-(4-methylphenyl)pyrimidine (E) (0.2 g) as a solid, m.p. 110-114C; N~R (CDC13): 1.10(t, 3H), 1.35(t, 3H), 2.41(s, 3H), 2.42(q, 2H), 2.78(q, 2H), 4.62(broad s, 2H), 7.12(d, 2H), 7.27(d, 2H); mass spectrum (chemical ionisation, ammonia): 242 (H+H)+.
(Example lOB): (i) Benzyl bromide (1.18 ml) was added to a suspension of zinc dust ~1.0 g) in THF (25 ml) containing dibromoethane (20 mg) and the mixture was stirred at ambient temperature for 1 hour.
4-Chloro-2,6-diethyl-5-iodopyrimidine (0.9 g) and tetrakis(triphenylphosphine) palladium (0.1 g) were added and the mixture was heated at reflux for 4 hours under an argon atmosphere.
The mixture was cooled to ambient temperature and insoluble material was removed by filtration. The filtrate was extracted with saturated ethylenediamine tetracetic acid solution and the organic phase separated and dried (HgS04). Volatile material was removed by evaporation and the residue was purified by flash chromatography eluting with ethyl acetate/hexane (1:9 v/v) to give 4-chloro-2,6-diethyl-5-(phenylmethyl) pyrimidine (C) (0.5 g) as an oil; NMR (CDC13): l.l9(t, 3H), 1.38(t, 3H), 2.74(q, 2H), 2-93(q, 2H), 4.18(s, 2H), 7.08(d, 2H), 7.27(m, 3H).
(ii) Compound C (0.5 g) was added to a saturated solutlon of ammonia in ethanol (15 ml) and the mixture was heated at 150C for 18 hours. Volatile material was removed by evaporation and the residue was purified by flash chromatography eluting with ethyl acetate to give 4-amino-2,6-diethyl-5-(phenylmethyl)pyrimidine) (0.15 g) as an oil; NMR (CDC13) 1.28(dt, 6H), 2.77(dq, 4H), 3.91(s, 2H), 4.67(broad s, 2H), 7.13(m, 2H), 7.28(m, 3H); mass spectrum (chemical ionisation, ammonia): 242 (H+H)+.
(Example llB): A solution of 2,4-diethyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-.... .. . . . . .. . . . . .. ... .. . . . . . .. ..
2082~
p~rido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-one (205 mg) in THF (5 ml) was added dropwise to a suspension of lithium aluminium hydride (40 mg) in THF (10 ml).
The mixture was heated at reflux for 1 hour under an atmcsphere of argon. The mixture was cooled to ambient temperature and lM sodium hydroxide solution (1 ml) was added. Volatile material was removed by evaporation and the residue was partitioned between ethyl acetate (20 ml) and water (5 ml). The organic layer was separated and dried (NgS04). Solvent was removed by evaporation to give 2,4-diethyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydropyridol2,3-d] wrimidine as a solid; N~R (CDC13):
1.23(dt, 6H), 1.94(m, 2H), 2.62(m, 6H), 3.40(m, 2H), 5.22(broad s, lH); mass spectrum (chemical ionisation, ammonia): 192 (H+H)+.
(Note: all parts by weight) The compounds of the invention may be administered for therapeutic or prophylactic use to warm-blooded animals such as man in the form of conventional pharmaceutical compositions, typical examples of which include the following:-a) Capsule (for oral administration) Active ingredient * 20 Lactose powder 578.5 Magnesium stearate 1.5 b) Tablet ~for oral administration) Active ingredient * 50 Hicrocrystalline cellulose 400 Starch (pregelatinised) 47.5 Magnesium stearate 2.5 c) ID~ectable Solution (for intravenous administration) Active ingredient * 0.05 - 1.0 Propylene glycol 5.0 Polyethylene glycol (300) 3.0 - 5.0 Purified water to 100%
d) In~ectable Suspension (for intramuscular administration) ' . .
20g2~S~
Active ingredient * 0.05 - 1.0 Methylcellulose 0-5 lween 80 0-05 Benzyl alcohol 0.9 Benzalkonium chloride 0.1 Purified water to 100%
Note: the active ingredient * may typically be an Example described hereinbefore and will conveniently be present as a pharmaceutically acceptable acid-addition salt, such as the hydrochloride salt.
Tablets and capsules formulations may be coated in conventional manner in order to modify or sustain dissolution of the active ingredient.
Thus, for example, they may be coated with a conventional enterically digestible coating.
JJH: 210CT92 R ~ N ~ R 1 Chemical Formulae N~R
N--R
~ A
Za~ CH--133 Zc --B ~ 3 ~ Rb Rc II~ IIb . IIc ~R~ m ~-CU~ 4 1 Qc ~x~ }R
R~ Rb Rc ~II~ IIIb IlIc ~--r3 I R~ ~ P~ ~ Plm I ~L~
@cX~3 Rb RC IYc .
R~ R~
.
~0~2~6~
4~3 _ Chemical Formulae ( con t i nued ) R 1~ ~N R
R
NUR y Zb ZC~ B- CH-g --6 ~3 ~ ~Qd Rb Rc ~llb ~lllc H~
~lIlo~ Rb RC ~llllb ~c ~H-6 ~j, ~R, R<~ ' Ri Rc lXo~ IXb ~XC
2 0 ~ 8 Chemical Formulae ( continued ) C~ C~
p, CH-B H~Xl ~3 Xo~ Rb Rc ~b Xc c~
a Rb Rc X~ c Lb ~ ~L~ 3 / ~L~' 4 ~ -6 H~ 4 ~ N
N;~ }
-Xl~ X~ c z6 ~R4 1_~3 N~
X~ b X~c _ ~5 2 0 8 2 Chemical Formulae (continued) Prr~ Pn~
~tX~ Rc~ X
X~- ` X~
N~pl ~p~
X~ll R Ro~ X~tl R~ ~ N
', :` ` ` .' , . ' ` ' `:
.
~' , - 46 - 208~
Scheme 1 ~,C~ ~Y`2 ~1 ~ RC~,CC~,Q
R2 I R3 \ (b) c ~
b~2er~c ~ R~ 1 R~ ~IR~
'J ~ R~ ~ =~ R~
)3 ~RIt H (et I R3- H
R CLR R ~ R R
(9~ )2 R~ tR~
~co~ R R
R~t_H/ H
... .. ... _ _ Note: R' = lower alkyl; Rx and Ry are optional substituents Reagents: a) sodium ethoxide, ethanol, ambient te~perature b) p-Toluenesulphonic acid, benzene, reflux with azeotropic removal of uater; heat .-~
- c) P~Cl3, reflux d) R N~ , EtO~, ambient to 180C
e) bis(~rifluoroacetoxy)iodobenzene, I , C~ Cl /MeOR
f) tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium, trie~hylamine, dimethoxyethane g) ethyI acrylate, Pd(II)acetate, ~t ~, 120C, DHF
h) sodium ethoxide, ethanol, reflux 3 i) hydrogenation, palladium on carbon .
,:, . . . .
'' ~ . ' : ` ` ' . :
,: :
'
(1-4C)alkoxy(1-4C)alkyl, carbamoyl, alkyl or dialkylcarbamoyl of up to 7 carbon atoms, sulphamoyl, alkyl or dialkylsulphamoyl of up to 6 carbon atoms, (1-4C)alkoxycarbonyl, (1-4C)alkanesulphonamido, (l-4C)alkyl.S(O)n- [in which n is zero, 1 or 2], lH-tetrazol-5-yl, phenyl, phenoxy, benzyloxy, benzyloxycarbonyl, benzamido and benzenesulphonamido, the benzene moiety of the last six groups optionally bearing a halogeno, (1-4C)alkyl or (1-4C)alkoxy substituent; and R1, R2, R4 and A1 have any of the values defined above; or (8) R3 and R4 together form a linking group -CH2-CH2- or -CH2-CH2-CH2-(of which the latter is of particular interest); and R1, R2 and have any of the values defined above.
Compounds of the invention which are of particu~ar interest include, for example, the specific embodiments set out hereinafter in the accompanying Examples, in particular the compounds of examples 1, 3, 4, 6, 7, 8, 9 and 10. These compounds, or a non-toxic salt thereof, are provided as a further feature of the invention.
Although all of the formula I compounds can form salts with suitable acids, it will be appreciated that those compounds of formula I wherein Za, Zb or Zc is other than an ester group or in which R3 or linking group A bears a carboxy group can form salts with bases as well as with acids. Particularly suitable non-toxic salts for such compounds therefore also include, for example, salts with bases affording physiologically acceptable cations, for example, alkali metal (such as sodium and potassium), alkaline earth metal (such as magneslum and calcium), aluminium and ammonium salts, as well as salts wlth suitable organic bases, such as with ethanolamine, methylamine, diethylamine or triethylamine, as well as salts with acids forming physiologically acceptable anions, such as salts with mineral acids, for example ~ith hydrogen halides (such as hydrogen chloride and hydrogen bromide), sulphuric and phosphoric acid, and with strong organic acids, for example with p-toluenesulphonic and methanesulphonic acids.
The compounds of formula I may be obtained by standard .
.
-` 20~2~6~
procedures of organic chemistry well known in the art for the production of structurally analogous compounds. Such procedures are provided as a further feature of the invention and include, by way of example, the following procedures in which the generic radicals have any of the values given above, unless stated otherwise:
a) For those compounds in uhich A1 is a group of the partial formula IIa, IIb or IIc in which Za, Zb and Zc respectively are carboxy, a carboxylic acid derivative of the formula IIIa, IIIb or IIIc in which Qa, Qb and Qc respectively are protected carboxy groups selected from (1-6C)alkoxycarbonyl (especially methoxy-, ethoxy-, propoxy- or t-butoxy-carbonyl), phenoxycarbonyl, benzyloxycarbonyl and carbamoyl, is converted to carboxy.
The conversion may be carried out, for example by hydrolysis, conveniently in the presence of a suitable base such as an alkali metal hydroxide, for example, lithium, sodium or potassium hydroxide. The hydrolysis is generally carried out in the presence of a suitable aqueous solvent or diluent, for example in an aqueous (1-4C)alkanol, such as aqueous methanol or ethanol. However, it may also be performed in a mixture of an aqueous and non-aqueous solvent such as water and toluene using a conventional qua~ernary ammonium phase transfer catalyst. The hydrolysis is generally performed at a temperature in the range, for example, 0 - 120C, depending on the reactivity of the group Qa, Qb or Qc. In general, when Qa, Qb or Qc is carbamoyl, temperatures in the range, for example, 40 - 120C are required to effect the hydrolysis.
Alternatively, when Qa, Qb or Qc is benzyloxycarbonyl the conversion may also be performed by hydro~enolysis, for example using hydrogen at 1-3 bar in the presence of a suitable catalyst, such as palladium on charcoal or on calcium sulphate, in a suitable solvent or diluent such as a (1-4C)alkanol (typically ethanol or 2-propanol) and at a temperature in the range, for example, 0 - 40C.
Further, when Qa9 Qb or Qc is t-butoxycarbonyl, the conversion may also be carried out by hydrolysis at a temperature in 208~
the range, for example, 0 - 100C, in the presence of a strong acid catalyst, such as trifluoroacetic acid. The hydrolysis may either be plerformed in an excess of the acid or in the presence of a suitable diluent such as tetrahydrofuran, t-butyl methyl ether or 1,2-dimethoxyethane.
b) For those compou~ds of formula I in which A1 is a group of the partial formula IIa, IIb or IIc in which Za, Zb and Zc respectively are tetrazolyl, a compound of the formula IVa, IVb or IVc in which La, Lb and Lc respectively are suitable protecting groups, such as trityl, benzhydryl, trialkyltin (for example trimethyltin or tributyltin) or triphenyltin affixed to a nitrogen of the tetrazolyl moiety, is deprotected.
The reaction conditions used to carry out the deprotection necessarily depend on the nature of the group La, Lb or Lc. As an illustration, ~hen it is trityl, benzhydryl, trialkyltin or triphenyltin, the decomposition conditions include, for example, acid catalysed hydrolysis in a mineral acid (such as aqueous hydrochloric acid), conveniently in an aqueous solvent ~such as aqueous dioxan or 2-propanol). Alternatively, a trityl or benzhydryl group may be removed by hydrogenolysis, for example as described in (a) above for conversion of a benzyloxycarbonyl to a carboxy.
Compounds of the formula IVa, IVb or IVc wherein La, Lb and Lc respectively are trialkyltin or triphenyltin may be obtained, for exa~ple, by reaction of a nitrile of the formula I~a, IXb or IXc respectively with a trialkyltin azide, such as tributyltin azide, or triphenyltin azide respectively. The reactlon is conveniently carried out in a suitable solvent or diluent, such as toluene or xylene, and at a temperature in the range, for example, 50-150C. Nitriles of the formula I~a, IXb or IXc may be obtained, for example, by alkylation of a 4-amlnopyrimidine of the formula V wherein R1 and R2 are other than hydrogen with a nitrile of the formula Xa, ~b or Xc respectively wherein ~al. stands for a suitable leaving group such as chloro, bromo, iodo, methanesulphonyloxy or ~-toluenesulphonyloxy, using similar conditions to those used in process (c) described hereinafter.
: ' 20~26~
The necessary compounds of formula Xa, Xb or Xc, as well as those of formula VIIa, VIIb, VIIc, VIIIa, VIIIb or VIIIc described herein, may be obtained, for example, as described in European patent application, publication nos. 253310, 291969, 453210, 434249, 430709, 429257 and International patent application no. W0 91/11999.
The nitriles of the formula IXa, IXb or IXc may also be obtained, for example, by reaction of a pyrimidine of the formula VI
wherein yl is a suitable leaving group (such as chloro, bromo, iodo, methanesulphonyl, methanesulphonyloxy, p-toluenesulphonyloxy or trifluoromethanesulphonyloxy) with an amine of the formula XIa, XIb or XIc respectively, using similar conditions to those used in process (d? described hereinafter.
The amines of the formula XIa, XIb or XIc may be obtained, for example, by standard procedures such as from the corresponding compounds of formula Xa, Xb or Xc by reaction with the appropriate amine of formula R4NH2 using conventional conditions.
Alternatively, compounds of the formula IVa, IVb or IVc may be obtained, for example, by reaction of a pyrimidine of the formula VI wherein y1 is as defined above with an amine of the formula XIIa, XIIb or XIIc respectively under similar conditions to those described in process (d) hereinafter. The amines of formula XIIa, XIIb or XIIc may be obtained, for example, from the corresponding compound of formula VIIIa, VIIIb or VIIIc respectively by reaction with the approprlate amine of formula R4NH2 using standard conditions.
c) For compounds of the formula I, an aminopyrimidine of the formula V is alkylated with a compound of the formula VIIa, VIIb or VIIc wherein Hal. stands for a suitable leaving group such as chloro, bromo, iodo, methanesulphonyloxy or ~-toluenesulphonyloxy.
The reaction is preferably carried out in the presence of a suitable non-nucleophillic base, for example, an alkali metal tert-butoxide such as sodium or potassium tert-butoxide, an alkali metal hydride such as sodium hydride, or an alkali metal carbonate ' .. . .
2082~
such as sodium or potassium carbonate, or an organic base such as d:lisopropylethylamine or 4-dimethylaminopyridine. The reaction is conveniently carried out in a suitable solvent or diluent, for e~ample, a (l-4C)alkanol such as methanol or ethanol, or in a polar solvent such as N,N-dimethylformamide or N-methylpyrrolidone and at a temperature in the range, for example, 10 - 100C. In carrying out process (c), ~hen in the starting material Za, Zb or Zc is an acidic group about two molecular equivalents of a suitable base is generally required, whereas when Za, Zb or Zc does not bear an acidic group the presence of one molecular equivalent of a suitable base is generally sufficient.
Procedure (c) is particularly suitable for the production of those compounds of the formula I in which Za, Zb or Zc is an ester group, for example wherein Za, Zb or Zc is an (1-6C)alkyl, benzyl or phenyl ester, which compounds are also starting materials of formula IIIa, IIIb and IIIc respectively for the reactions described in (a) above. Similarly, using an analogous procedure, but starting with the appropriate compound of the formula VIIIa, VIIIb or VIIIc, the starting materials of formula IVa, IVb or IVc respectively may be obtained for procedure (b).
Hany of the aminopyrimidines of formula V are already known and the remainder can be made by analogy therewith using standard procedures of organic chemistry well known in the art, for example as described in standard works of heterocyclic chemistry such as "Chemistry of Heterocyclic Compounds" edited by Welssberger, or as illustrated in Scheme 1.
(d) For compounds of formula I, a heterocyclic derivative of the formula VI wherein yl is a suitable leaving group (such as chloro, bromo, iodo, methanesulphonyl, methanesulphonyloxy, ~-toluenesulphonyloxy or trifluoromethanesulphonyloxy) is reacted with an amine of the formula XIIIa, XIIIb or XIIIc.
The reaction is optionally carried out in the presence of a suitable base, for example an alkali metal carbonate or bicarbonate 2~2~s~
such as sodium or potassium carbonate or bicarbonate, or an organic base for example a tertiary amine such as triethylamine. The reaction is conveniently carried out in a suitable solvent or diluent, for example a (1-4C)alkanol such as methanol, ethanol or butanol, a non-polar solvent such as dioxane or diphenyl ether, or a polar solvent such as N,N-dimethylformamide or N-methylpyrrolidone, and usually at a temperature in the range of 40 to 180C.
Heterocyclic derivatives of the formula VI wherein yl is halogeno may be obtained, for example, by halogenation of the corresponding 4-pyrimidones, themselves already known or which can be made by analogy therewith using procedures well known in the art and described in standard works of organic chemistry such as "Chemistry of Heterocyclic Compounds" edited by Weissberger. For example, the formula VI compounds may be obtained by reaction of the corresponding 4-pyrimidone with phosphorus oxychloride in the absence of a solvent, or in the presence of an inert solvent or diluent such as toluene or dioxane, and at a temperature in the range 60 - 110C. Compounds of the formula VII wherein y1 is methanesulphonyloxy, ~-toluenesulphonyloxy or trifluoromethanesulphonyloxy and R1 and R3 are other than hydrogen may be obtained, for example, by acylation of the corresponding 4-pyrimidone with the corresponding sulphonyl chloride under standard conditions. Compounds of the formula VI
wherein y1 is methanesulphonyl may be obtained from alkylation of the corresponding mercaptopyrimidine, themselves known or obtained by analogy therewith, followed by oxidation under standard conditions.
The amines of formula XIIIa, XIIIb and XIIIc may be obtained, for example, from the corresponding compound of formula VIIa, VIIb and VIIc respectively by reaction with the approprlate amine of formula R4NH2 using standard conditions (e~ For those compounds of formula I wherein A1 is a group of partial structure IIc in which Zc is a group of the formula CF3S02NH-, a compound of formula XIV is reacted with trifluoromethanesulphonic acid anhydride.
The reaction is preferably carried out in the presence of a 2082~
base, such as triethylamine, and conveniently in a suitable solvent or diluent, for example dichloromethane, and at a temperature in the range of -78C to ambient temperature. The compounds of the formula XIV may be obtained by alkylation of a compound of formula V with a compound of the formula XV (itself obtained using analogous procedures to those described in EPA 429257 and 430709) using similar conditions to those of process (c) above, followed by reduction of the nitro group in the intermediate obtained, for example by conventional catalytic hydrogenation.
Whereafter, those compounds of formula I wherein Za, Zb or Zc is lH-tetrazol-5-yl may be obtained by stepwise conversion of a compound of the formula I wherein Za, Zb or Zc is a carboxylic acid or ester group respectively into the corresponding nitrile under standard conditions, followed by reac~ion of the nitrile uith an azide such as an alkali metal azide, preferably in the presence of an ammonium halide, and preferably in the presence of a suitable polar solvent such as N,N-dimethylformamide and at a temperature in the range, for example, 50 to 160~.
Whereafter, those compounds of the formula I wherein Za, Zb or Zc is -CO.NH.(lH-tetrazol-5-yl), a group of the formula -CO.NH.S02R8 or an ester group, may be obtained, for example, by reacting a carboxylic acid of the formula I in which Za, Zb and Zc is carboxy (or a reactive derivative of said acid) with 5-aminotetrazole, a sulphonamide of the formula NH2.S02R8 or a salt thereof (for example, an alkali metal salt), or an appropr~ate alcohol or with a salt thereof (for example, an alkali metal thereof). Suitable reactive derivatlves include, for example the chloride, bromide, azide, anhydrlde and mixed anhydride with formic or acetic acid of the carboxylic acid of formula I as defined above. When the free acid form is used, the reaction is generally carried out in the presence of a suitable dehydrating agent such as dicyclohexycarbodiimide or 3-(3-dimethylaminopro wl)-l-ethylcarbodiimide in the presence of a base such as triethylamine or pyridine. When a reactive derivative is used, either the reaction is carried out in the presence of a base such as mentioned above, or, for the preparation of a compound of the .
2!0~2~
formula I wherein Za, Zb or Zc is a group of the formula -Co.N~.S02R3 or an ester group, the sulphonamide or hydroxy compound is used in the form of a salt, such as its alkali metal salt (in particular the lithium, sodium or potassium salt thereof). The reaction is generally performed in the presence of a suitable diluent or solvent such as dioxan, t-butyl methyl ether or tetrahydrofuran and at a temperature in the range, for example, ~ - 60C.
Whereafter, when a non-toxic salt of a compound of formula I
is required, it may be obtained, for example, by reaction with the appropriate base affording a physiologically acceptable cation, or with the appropriate acid affording a physiologically acceptable anion, or by any other conventional salt formation procedure.
Further, when an optically active form of a compound of formula I is required, one of the aforesaid processes may be carried out using an optically active starting material. Alternatively, the racemic form of a compound of formula I in which Za, Zb or Zc is an acidic group may be resolved, for example by reaction with an optically active form of a suitable organic base, for example, ephedrine, N,N,N-trimethyl(1-phenylethyl)ammonium hydroxide or l-phenylethylamine, followed by conventional separation of the diastereoisomeric mixture of salts thus obtained, for example by fractional crystallisation from a suitable solvent, for example a (1-4C)alkanol, whereafter the optically active form of said compound of formula I may be liberated by treatment with acid using a conventional procedure, for example using an aqueous mineral acid such as dilute hydrochloric acid.
According to a further aspect of the invention, there is provided a process for the manufacture of a compound of the formula I
wherein A1 is a group of partial structure IIa in which Za is tetrazolyl, B1 is p-phenylene optionally bearing a substituent selected from (1-4C)alkyl, (1-4C)alkoxy, halogeno, (1-4C)alkanoyl, trifluoromethyl, cyano and nitro and Rl, R2, R3, R4, and Ra have any of the meanings defined hereinbefore; which comprises reaction of a compound of the formula XVI wherein pl is an electron-deficient phenyl 20~2~
group or a pyrimidyl or pyridyl group; Re is hydrogen, (1-4C)alkyl, (L-4C)alkoxy, halogeno, (1-4C)alkanoyl, trifluoromethyl, cyano or n:itro; and R1, R2, R3, R4 and Ra have any of the values defined above;
w:ith a base selected from an alkali metal hydroxide, (I-12C)alkanolate, (1-12C)alkanethiolate, phenolate, thiophenolate or diphenylphosphide, wherein any phenyl ring of the latter three groups may optionally bear a (1-4C)alkyl, (1-4C)alkoxy or halogeno group.
A particular value for p1 includes, for example, a phenyl group bearing 1, 2 or ~ electron-withdrawing groups independently selected from nitro, cyano and trifluoromethyl.
A particular value for Re when it is alkyl is, for example, methyl or ethyl; when it is alkoxy is, for example, methoxy or ethoxy;
and when it is halogeno is, for example, fluoro, chloro, bromo or iodo.
A particular value for a base includes the following by way of example:-for an alkali metal hydroxide: sodium or potassium hydroxide;
for an alkali metal-alkanolate: an alkali metal (1-8C)alkanolate, for example an alkali metal (1-4C)alkoxide, such as sodium or potassium methoxide9 ethoxide, propoxide or butoxide;
for an alkali metal alkanethiolate: an alkali metal (1-8C)alkanethiolate, for example an alkali metal (1-4C)alkanethiolate such as sodium or potassium methanethiolate, ethanethiolate, propanethiolate or butanethiolate.
A particular value for an optlonal substituent on a phenyl group of an alkali metal phenolate, thiophenolate or diphenylphosphide, when it is alkyl is, for example, methyl or ethyl;
when it is alkoxy is, for example, methoxy or ethoxy; and ~hen it is halogeno is, for example, fluoro, chloro or bromo.
A preferred value for pl is, for example, a nitrophenyl group, especially 4-nitrophenyl.
' `
6 ~ ~
A prefer}ed value for X is, ~or exa~ple, when it is ~msubstituted ~-phenylene.
A particularly preferred base is an alkali metal alkanethiolate such as sodiun. or potassium propanethiolate, an alkali metal alkanolate such as sodium or potassiun ethoxide, or an alkali metal thiophenolate such as sodium or potassium 4-fluorothiophenolate.
It will be appreciated that when the base is an alkali metal alkanolate, alkanethiolate, phenolate, thiophenolate or diphenylphosphide, it may be generated in situ from the corresponding alkanol, alkanethiol, phenol, thiophenol or diphenylphosphine with a suitable alkali metal base such as an alkali metal hydride, for exan.ple, lithiun., potassium or sodium hydride.
The process of the invention is particularly useful for the preparation of compounds of the formula I wherein the tetrazolyl group is at the ortho position relative to the ad~2acent phenyl group.
The reaction is conveniently carried out in a suitable inert organic solvent or diluent, for example, a polar solvent such as N,N-dimethylformamide or N-methylpyrrolidone. Alternatively, an alkanol such as methanol or ethanol may be used, for example, when an alkali metal hydroxide or alkoxide such as sodium or potassium hydroxide, methoxide or ethoxide is employed. The reaction is generally carried out at a temperature in the range, for example, -30C to 50C~ It ~ill be appreciated that the choice of temperature will depend on the nature of the base employed. For example, when an alkali metal alkanethlolate or alkanolate is used, a temperature in the range of 0C to ambient temperature is preferred.
Compounds of the formula XVI may be obtained by reaction of a boronic acid of the formula XVII ~ith a compound of the formula XVIII wherein pl is an electron-deficient phenyl group or a W rimidyl or pyridyl group having any of the meanings defined above and V is a bromo, iodo or ~rifluoromethanesulphonyloxy group, in the presence of a palladium(0) or palladium (II) catalyst, such as 20~2&~Y
tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium (0) or palladium (II)chloride.
The reaction is preferably carried out in the presence of a base, such as sodium or potassium carbonate, in an inert solvent or diluent, for example, a hydrocarbon such as toluene or xylene, an ether, such as dioxan or tetrahydrofuran, an (1-4C)alkanol such as methanol or ethanol, water, or mixture thereof, for example a mixture of water, methanol and toluene, and at a temperature in the range of, for example, 50C to 150C., and conveniently at or about the reflux temperature of the solvent or mixture of solvents used.
Compounds of the formula XVII may be obtained, for example, by heating at reflux a 4-methylphenylboronic acid in a solvent such as methyl chloroform with azeotropic removal of water, followed by radical bromination of the product which may be carried out in situ, for example with bromine or N-bromosuccinimide in the presence of azo(bisisobutyronitrile). The resultant 4-bromomethylphenylboronic acid anhydride may then be used to alkylate a compound of the formula V (using similar alkylation conditions to those used in process (c) described above), followed by subsequent acidic hydrolysis, to give a formula XVII compound. Alternatively the product from the alkylation step prior to hydrolysis may be isolated and reacted directly with a compound of the formula XVIII under similar conditions to those described above to obtain a formula ~VI compound directly. In a yet further alternative procedure, a 4-methylphenylboronic acid and an appropriate alkanediol, for example 2,2-dimethylpropan-1,3-diol, may be heated at reflux in a solvent (such as cyclohexane) with azeotropic removal of water followed by free radical bromination of the product, which may be carried out in situ. The resultant bromomethyl compound may then be reacted using analogous procedures to those described above for the 4-bromomethylphenylboronic acid anhydride to obtain a formula XVII compound or a compound of the formula XVI directly.
Compounds of the formula XVIII may be obtained, for example, by reaction of an appropriately substituted benzoyl chloride with an amine of formula Pl.NH2 under standard conditions. The resultant amide ls then, for example, reacted with thionyl chloride in the presence of triethylamine and N,N-dimethylformamide in acetonitrile at ambient temperature to form ~he corresponding imidoyl chloride, which , - 22 _ 2~2~
is reacted in situ with triethylamine, sodium azide and tetrabutylammonium bromide at 10-30C to give the formula XVIII
compound.
Whereafter, the optional subsequent steps of non-toxic salt formation and/or formation of an optically active form of a compound of the formula I, may be carried out as described above for procedures (a) to (e).
Certain of the intermediates defined herein are novel, for example the compounds of the formula IIIa, IIIb, IIIc, IVa, IVb, IVc, IXa, IXb and IXc, and are provided as a further feature of the invention.
As stated above, the compounds of formula I will have beneficial pharmacological effects in warm-blooded animals (including man) in diseases and medical conditions where amelioration of the vasoconstrictor and fluid retaining properties of the renin-angiotensin-aldosterone system is desirable, at least in part by antagonism of one or more of the physiological actions of AII. The compounds of the invention will thus be useful in the treatment of diseases or medical conditions such as hypertension, congestive heart failure and/or hyperaldosteronism in warm-blooded animals (including man), as well as in other diseases or medical conditions in which the renin-angiotensin-aldosterone syste~ plays a significant causative role. The compounds of the invention may also be useful for the treatment of ocular hypertension, glaucoma, cognitive disorders ~such as Alzheimer's disease, amnesia, senile dementia and learning disorders), as well as other diseases such as renal failure, cardiac insufflciency, post-myocardial infarction, cerebrovascular disorders, anxiety, depression and certain mental illnesses such as schizophrenia.
The antagonism of one or more of the physiological actions of AII and, in particular, the antagonism of the interaction of AII
with the receptors which mediate its effects on a target tissue, may be assessed using one or more of the following, routine laboratory ., ' 2~2~&~
_ 23 -procedures:
_est A: This in vitro procedure involves the incubation of the test compound initially at a concentration of 100 micromolar (or less) in a buffered mixture containing fixed concentrations of radiolabelled AII and a cell surface membrane fraction prepared from a suitable angiotensin target tissue. In this test, the source of cell surface membranes is the guinea pig adrenal gland which is well known to respond to AII. Interaction of the radiolabelled AII with its receptors (assessed as radiolabel bound to the particulate membrane fraction following removal of unbound radiolabel by a rapid filtration procedure such as is standard in such studies) is antagonized by compounds which also bind to the membranP receptor sites and the degree of antagonism (observed in the test as displacement of membrane-bound radioactivity) is determined readily by comparing the receptor-bound radioactivity in the presence of the test compound at the specified test concentration with a control value determined in the absence of the test compound. Using this procedure compounds showing at least 50% displacement of radiolabelled AII binding at a concentration of 10 4 h are retested at lower concentrations to determine their potency. Por determination of the IC50 (concentration for 50X displacement of radiolabelled AII binding1, concentrations of the test compound are ordinarily chosen to allow testing over at least four orders of magnitude centred about the predicted approximate IC50, which latter is subsequently determined from a plot of percentage displacement against concentration of the test compound.
In general, acidic compounds of formula I as defined above show slgnlflcant inhlbition in Test ~ at a concentratlon of 50 micromolar or much less.
Test B: This in vitro test involves the measurement of the antagonistic effects of the test compound against AII-induced contractions of isolated rabbit aorta, maintained in a physiological salt solution at 37C. In order to ensure that the effect of the compound is specific to antagonism of AII, the effect of the test compound on noradrenaline-induced contractions may also be determined , ' - ", ~ ' -- 24 _ 2 ~ ~ 2 in the same preparation.
In general, acidic compounds of formula I as defined above show significant inhibition in Test B at a final concentration of 50 micromolar or much less. [Note: Compounds of formula I wherein Za, Zb or Zc is an ester group in general show only weak activity in the in vitro Tests A or B-l Test C: This in vivo test involves using terminally-anaesthetised or conscious rats in which an arterial catheter has been implanted under anaesthesia for the measurement of changes in blood pressure. The AII
antagonistic effects of the test compound following oral or parenteral administration, are assessed against angiotensin II-induced pressor responses. To ensure that the effect is specific, the effect of the test compound on vasopressin-induced pressor responses may also be determined in the same preparation.
The compounds of formula I generally show specific AII-antagonist properties in Test C at a dose of 50 mg/kg body weight or much less, without any overt toxicological or other untoward pharmacological effect.
Test D: This in vivo test involves the stimulation of endogenous AII
biosynthesis in a variety of species including rat, marmoset and dog by introducing a diet of low sodium content and giving appropriate daily doses of a saluretic known as frusemide. The test compound is then administered orally or parenterally to the animal in which an arterial catheter has been implanted under anaesthesia for the measurement of changes in blood pressure.
In general compounds of formula I will show AII-antagonist properties in Test D as demonstrated by a significant reduction in blood pressure at a dose of SO mg/kg body weight or much less, without any overt toxicological or other untoward pharmacological effect.
The compounds of formula I will generally be administered for therapeutic or prophylactic purposes to warm-blooded animals ' ~ ' - 25 - 2~2~
(including man) requiring such treatment in the form of a pharmaceutical composition, as is well known in the pharmaceutical art. According to a further feature of the invention there is provided a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of formula I, or a salt as defined above, together with a pharmaceutically acceptable diluent or carrier. Such compositions will conveniently be in a form suitable for oral administration (e.g. as a tablet, capsule, solution, suspension or emulsion) or parenteral administration (e.g.
as an injectable aqueous or oily solution, or injectable emulsion).
The compounds of formula I, or a non-toxic salt thereof, may also be advantageously administered for therapeutic or prophylactic purposes together with another pharmacological agent known in the general art to be of value in treating one or more of the diseases or medical conditions referred to hereinabove, such as a beta-adrenergic blocker (for example atenolol), a calcium channel blocker (for example nifedipine), an angiotensin converting enzyme (ACE~ inhibitor (for example lisinopril) or a diuretic (for example furosemide or hydrochlorothiazide). It is to be understood that such combination therapy constitutes a further aspect of the present invention.
In general a compound of formula I (or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof as appropriate) will generally be administered to man so that, for example, a daily oral dose of up to 50 mg/kg body weight (and preferably of up to 10 mg/kg) or a daily parenteral dose of up to 5 mgJkg body weight (and preferably of up to 1 mg/kg) is received, given in dlvided doses as necessary, the precise amount of compound (or salt) administered and the route and form of admlnlstratlon depending on size, age and sex of the person being treated and on the particular disease or medical condition being treated according to principles well known in the medical arts.
In addition to their aforesaid use in therapeutic medicine in humans, the compounds of formula I are also useful in the veterinary treatment of similar conditions affecting commercially valuable warm-blooded animals, such as dogs, cats, horses and cattle.
In general for such treatment, the compounds of the formula I will `''` ~ -208~6~
generally be administered in an analogous amount and manner to those described above for administration to humans. The compounds of formula I are also of value as pharmacological tools in the development and standardisation of test systems for the evaluation of the effects of AII in laboratory animals such as cats, dogs, rabbits, monkeys, rats and mice, as part of the continuing search for new and improved therapeutic agents.
The invention will now be illustrated by the following non-limiting ~xamples in which, unless otherwise stated:-(i) concentrations and evaporations were carried out by ro~ary evaporation _ vacuo;
(ii) operations wsre carried out at room temperature, that is in the range 18-26C;
(iii) flash column chromatography was performed on Nerck Kieselgel 60 (Art. no. 9385) obtained from E Merck, Darmstadt, Germany;
(iv) yields, where given, are intended for the assistance of the reader only and are not necessarily the maximum attainable by diligent process development;
(v) 1H NNR spectra were normally determined at 200 NHz in CDCl3 using tetramethylsilane (TNS) as an internal standard, and are expressed as chemical shifts ~delta values) in parts per million relative to TMS using conventional abbreviations for designation of ma~or peaks: s, singlet; m, multiplet; t, triplet; br, broad;
d,doublet;
(vi) 13C NHR spectra were normally determined at 100 MHz in CDCl3 or d6-dimethylsulphoxide (d6-DMS0) using the solvent signal as internal standard, and are expressed as chemical shifts (delta values) ln parts per million relat~ve to TNS; and (vii) all end-products had satisfactory microanalyses.
20~2~
~LE 1 Concentrated hydrochloric acid (0~5 ml) was added to a solution of 2,6-dimethyl-4-[N-(2'-(2-triphenylmethyl-2H-tetrazol-5-yl)biphenyl-4-ylmethyl)amino]pyrimidine (A) (0.5 g) in methanol and the mixture was stirred for 10 minutes. Volatile material was removed by evaporation and the residue was purified by crystallisation from iso-propanol~ethanol to give 2,6-dimethyl-4-lN-(2'-(lH-tetrazol-5-yl)-biphenyl-4-ylmethyl)amino~pyrimidine hydrochloride (138 mg), as an off white solid, m.p. 248-252C (decomposition); NMR (d6-DMSO): 2.37(s, 3H), 2.52(s, 3H), 4.63(d, 2H), 6.54(s, lH), 7.11(d, 2H), 7.25(d, 2H), 7.43-7.66(m, 4H), 9.29(broad s, lH); mass spectrum (positive fast atom bombardment (+ve FAB), DMS0/methanol/nitrobenzyl alcohol): 358(~+H)+;
microanalysis, found: C, 60.1; H, 5.3; N, 23.4X;
C2oHlgN7~HCl~0~25C2H50H~0~25H20 requires: C, 60.0; H, 5.4; N, 23.2~.
The starting material A was prepared as follows:
(i) 4-Amino-2,6-dimethylpyrimidine (B) (2.5 g) was added to a suspension of sodium hydride (60% dispersion in mineral oil; 1.11 g) in N,N-dimethylformamide (DNF) (180 ml) and the mixture was stirred for 6 hours. 5-12-(4'-Bromomethylbiphenyl)]-2-triphenylmethyl-2H-tetrazole (14.8 g) (obtained as described in European patent application, publication no. 291969) was added and the mixture was stirred for 16 hours. Solvent was removed by evaporation and the residue was partitioned between ethyl acetate and water. The organic layer was separated, washed with saturated sodium chloride solution and dried. Solvent was removed by evaporation and the residue was pllrified by flash chromatography eluting with ethyl acetate/methanol (49:1 v/v). Fractions containing the desired compound were combined and solvent was removed by evaporation. The residue was further purified by flash chromatography eluting with dichloromethane/methanol (19:1 v/v) to give 2,6-dimethyl-4-lN-(2'-(lH-triphenylmethyl-2H-tetrazol-5-yl)biphenyl-4-ylmethyl)aminolpyrimidine (A) (1.52 g), as a white foam; NMR (CDCl3): 2.26(s, 3H), 2.50(s, 3H), 4.41(d, 2H), 4.88(broad s, lH), 5.90(s, lH), 6.86-S.97(m, 6H), 7.02-7.17(m, 4H), 7.19-7.55(complex m, 12H), 7.96(m, lH); mass spectru~ (+ve FAB, methanol/nitrobenzyl alcohol): 600(M+H)+.
' , 2 0 ~ 8 ~LLHPLES 2-7 Using an analogous procedure to that described in Example 1, but starting from the appropriate compound of formula IVa wherein La is triphenylmethyl, the following compounds of formula I (in which is a group of partial structure IIa) were obtained in yields of 52-92%.
(~xample 2): 2,6-dimethyl-4-lN-methyl-N-(2'-(lH-tetrazol-5-yl)-biphenyl-4-ylmethyl)amino]pyrimidine hydrochloride as a solid, m.p.
222-226C; NMR (d6-DMS0/d4-acetic acid): 2.41,2.46(d of s, 3H), 2.56,2.58(d of s, 3H), 3.17,3.32(d of s, 3H), 4.85,5.05(d of s, 2H), 6.75,6.9(d of s, lH), 7.05-7.4(complex m, 4H), 7.45-7.8(complex m, 4H); mass spectrum (+ve FAB, glycerol/methanol): 372(M+H)+;
microanalysis, found: C, 61.3; H, 5.2; N, 26.6X; C21H21N7.HCl requires C, 61.8; H, 5.44; N, 24.0%.
(ex ~ple 3): 2-ethyl-4-[(2'-(lH-tetrazol-5-yl)biphenyl-4-ylmethyl)-arino]-5,6,7,8-tetrahydroquinazoline hydrochloride as a solid, m.p.
277-278C; NMR (d6-DNSO): l.l9(t, 3H), 1.78(m, 4H), 2.38(m, 2H), 2.67(m, 2H), 2.74(q, 2H), 4.70(d, 2H), 7.06(d, 2H), 7.27(d, 2H), 7.56(m, 4H), 9.05(t, lH); mass spectrum (+ve FAB methanol/nitrobenzyl alcohol): 412(M+H)+; microanalysis, found: C, 64.1; H, 5.9; N, 21.8%;
C24H25N7.HCl requires: C, 64.3; H, 5.8; N, 21.9-~.
(EYarple 4): 2,6-di~ethyl-5-iodo-4-l~2'-(lH-tetrazol-5-yl)biphenyl-4-ylmethyl)a~dno]pyrioidine hydrochloride as a solid, m.p. 221-223C;
NMR (d6-DNS0): 2.40(s, 3H), 2.50(s, 3H), 4.72(d, 2H), 7.06(d, 2H), 7.25(d, 2H), 7.64(m, 4H), 8.92(broad t, lH); mass spectrum (+ve FAB, DMS0/glycerol): 484(~+H)+; microanalysis, found: C, 45.8; H, 3.7; N, 18.6X; C20H18IN7.HCl requires: C, 46.2; H, 3.7; NJ 18.9X.
(~xample 5): 2-ethyl-4-[(2'-(lH-tetrazol-5-yl)biphenyl-4-ylmethyl~-a~inolquinazoline hydrochloride as a solid, m.p. 256-257C;
NNR (d6-DMSO): 1.31(t, 3H), 2.93(q, 2H), 4.95(d, 2H), 7.07(d, 2H), 7.37(d, 2H), 7.60(m, 5H), 7.88(d, lH), 8.00(m, lH), 8.59(d, lH), 10.83(t, lH); mass spectrum (+ve FAB, DHS0/methanol/Ditrobenzyl : ` :
2 ~
alcohol): 408(H+H)+; microanalysis, found: C, 64.3; H, 5.0; N, 21.6%;
C~4H21N7.HClØ25CH30H requires: C, 64.4; H, 5.1; N, 21.7%.
(F.xample 6): 2,6-diethyl-5-iodo-4-l(2'-(lH-tetrazol-5-yl~biphenyl-4-ylmethyl)amino]pyrimidine hydrochloride as a solid m.p. 226-229C; NMR
(d6-DNS0): 1.18(d of t, 6H), 2.80(d of q, 4H), 4.7(d, 2H), 7.05(d, 2H), 7.27(d, 2H), 7.85(m, 4H), 8.9(broad s, lH); mass spectrum (+ve FAB, D~S0/nitrobenzyl alcohol): 512(~+H)+; microanalysis, found: C, 48-6; N, 4-2; N, 17.8%; C22H22IN7.HCl requires: C, 48.2; H, 4.2; N, 17.9%.
(Example 7): 2,4-diethyl-8-1(2'-(lH-tetrazol-5-yl)biphenyl-4-ylmethyl)]pyridol2,3-dlpyrimidin-7(8H)-one as a solid, m.p.
214-215C; NMR (d6-DMS0): 1.26(d of t, 6H), 2.89(q, 2H), 3.05(q, 2H), 5.53(s, 2H), 6.72(d, lH), 7.01(d, 2H), 7.26(d, 2H), 7.56(m, 4H), 8.21(d, lH); mass spectrum (+ve FAB, methanol/nitrobenzyl alcohol):
438(~+H)+; microanalysis, found: C, 67.1; H, 5.4; N, 21.5X;
C25H23N70Ø5H20 requires: C, 67.2; H, 5.4; N, 21.9%.
The necessary starting materials of formula IVa used in Examples 2-7, corresponding to starting material A in Example 1, were obtained in yields of 30-75X using a similar procedure to that described in Example 1, part (i) as follows:-(Example 2A): 2,6-dimethyl-4-IN-methyl-N-(2'-(2-triphenylmethyl-2H-tetrazol-5-yl)biphenyl-4-ylmethyl)aminolpyrimidine as a solid, m.p.
155C (decomposition); NMR (CDCl3): 2.31(s, 3H), 2.51(s, 3H), 2.65(s, 3H), 4.72(s, 2H), 6.07(s, lH), 6.6-6.92(m, 6H), 6.93(d, 2H), 7.09(d, 2H), 7.15-7.4(complex m, lOH), 7.45(m, 2H), 7.95(m, lH); mass spectrum (+ve PAB, DHS0/methanol/nitrobenzyl alcohol): 614(H+H)+.
(Example 3AL: 2-ethyl-4-1(2'-(2 triphenylmethyl-2H-tetrazol-5-yl)-biphenyl-4-ylmethyl)amino]-5,6,7,8-tetrahydroquinazoline as a solid, m.p. 190-192C; NNR (CDCl3): 1.32(t, 3H), 1.75(m, 4H), 2.08(m, 2H), 2.69(m, 2H), 2.74(q, 2~), 4.5(broad t, lH), 4.64(d, 2H), 6 91(m, 6H), 7.10(s, 4H), 7.25(complex m, lOH), 7.48(m, 2H), 7.95(m, lH).
. ~ . . . .
2 0 ~
(Example 4A): 2,6-dimethyl-5-iodo-4-~(2'-(2-triphenylmethyl-2H-tetrazol-5-yl)biphenyl-4-ylmethyl)amino]pyrimidine as a solid; NMR
(CDCl3): 2.48(s, 3H), 2.57(s, 3H), 4.62(d, 2H), 5.55(broad t, lH), 6.92(m, 6H), 7.10(m, 4H), 7.26(complex m, lOH), 7.48(m, 2H), 7.95(m, lH).
(Example 5A): 2-ethyl-4-l(2'-(2-triphenylmethyl-2H-tetrazol-5-yl)biphenyl-4-ylmethyl)amino]quinazoline as a foam; NMR (CDCl3):
1.39(t, 3H), 2.92(q, 2H), 4.79(d, 2H), 5.55(broad t, lH), 6.90(m, 6H), 7.26(complex m, 15H), 7.41(m, lH), 7.48(m, 2H), 7.67(m, lH), 7.80(d, lH), 7.98(m, lH)-(Example 6A): 4-amino-2,6-diethyl-5-iodopyrimidine (320 mg) was added to a mixture of potassium t-butoxide (130 mg) and 1,4,7,10,13,16-hexaoxacyclooctadecane (20 mg) in THF (25 ml) and the mixture was stirred for 5 minutes. A solution of 5-[2-(4'-bromomethylbiphenyl)]-2-triphenylmethyl-2H-tetrazole (111 mg) in tetrahydrofuran (THF) (2 ml) was added and the mixture was stirred for 4 hours. Solvent was removed by evaporation and the residue was partitioned between ethyl acetate and saturated sodium chloride solution. The aqueous layer was separated, extracted with ethyl acetate and the combined organic extracts dried. Solvent was removed by evaporation and the residue was purified by flash chromatography eluting with diethyl ether/hexane (2:3 vtv) to give 2,6-diethyl-5-iodo-4-l(2'-(2-triphenylmethyl-2H-tetrazol-5-yl)biphenyl-4-ylmethyl)-aminolpyrimidine as a foam; NHR (CDCl3): 1.25(double t, 6H), 2.82(d of q, 4H), 4.36(d, 2H), 5.68(broad s, lH), 6.92(m, 6H), 7.09(s, 4H), 7.26(complex m, 8H), 7.38(m, 2H)~ 7.47(m, 2H~, 7.95(m, lH).
(Example 7A): 2,4-diethyl-8-l(2'-(2-triphenylmethyl)-2H-tetrazol-5-yl)biphenyl-4-ylmethyl)lpyridol2,3-d]pyrimidin-7(8H)-one, was obtained using an analogous procedure to that described in Example 6A, as a solid; NMR (CDCl3): 1.35(t, 6H~, 3.0(d of q, 4H), 5.60(s, 2H), 6.69(d, lH), 6.93(m, 6H), 7.04(d, 2H), 7.35(complex m, 14H), 7.83(d, lH), 7.89(m, lH).
The necessary starting materials of formula V used in 2~82~
Examples 2-4, corresponding to compound B in Example 1, were obtained as follows:
(Example 2B): An 8M solution of methylamine in ethanol (6.2 ml) was added to a solution of 6-chloro-2,4-dimethyl pyrimidine (1.42 g) (obtained as described in Chem. Ber., 1902, 35, 1576) in ethanol (5 ml) and the mixture was stirred for 16 hours. Solvent was removed by evaporation and the residue was partitioned between 0.25M sodium carbonate solution (50 ml) and ethyl acetate (25 ml). The aqueous phase was separated and extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 25 ml). The combined organic extracts were washed with saturated sodium chloride solution and dried. Solvent was removed by evaporation and the residue was triturated with ethyl acetate to give 2,6-dimethyl-4- -(N-methylamino)pyrimidine (1.07 g), as a pale yellow solid; NMR
(CDCl3): 2.33(s, 3H), 2.47(s, 3H), 2.09 and 2.92(two s, 3H), 5.2(broad s, lH), 6.00(s, lH); mass spectrum (CI, ammonia): 138(M+H)+.
(Exam~le 3B): (i) A solution of propionamidine hydrochloride (2.7 g) in ethanol (25 ml) was added to a solution of sodium (600 mg) in ethanol (25 ml) and the mixture was stirred for 10 minutes. Ethyl cyclohexanone-2-carboxylate ~4.25 g) was added and the mixture was stirred for two days and then heated at reflux for 1 hour. Solvent was removed by evaporation and ice was added to the residue. The mixture was then extracted with ethyl acetate (2 x 50 ml). The combined extracts were washed with water, saturated sodium chloride solution and then dried (MgS04). Solvent was removed by evaporation and the residue was triturated with hexane. The resultant solid was collected by filtratlon to give 4-hydroxy-2-ethyl-5,~,7,8-tetrahydroquinazol~ne (C) (1.1 g), as a solld, m.p. 199-200C; NMR
(CDC13): 1.33(t, 3H), 1.77(m, 4H), 2.5(m, 2H), 2.66(m, 4H), 12.5(broad s, lH); mass spectrum (CIJ ammonia): 179(~+H)+.
(ii) A solution of compound C (100 mg) in phosphorous oxychloride (2 ml) was heated at reflux for 45 minutes. The mixture was cooled to ambient temperature and volatile material was removed by evaporation.
Ice was added to the residue and the mixture was basified with sodium bicarbonate. The mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate and the 2~82~
extract dried (HgS04). Solvent was removed by evaporation to give 4-chloro-2-ethyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydroquinazoline (D) (92 mg), as a low melting solid; NMR (CDC13): 1.33(t, 3H), 1.66(m, 4H), 2.69(m, 2H), 2.85(m, 4H); mass spectrum (CI, ammonia): 196,198(N+H)+.
(iii) Compound D (4.7 g) was added to a saturated solution of ammonia in ethanol (50 ml) and the mixture was heated at 135C in a sealed tube for 12 hours. Volatile materi-al was removed by evaporation and the residue was partitioned between ethyl acetate and water. The organic layer was separated and solvent was removed by evaporation. The residue was purified by flash chromatography eluting with ethyl acetate/methanol (9:1 v/v) to give 4-amino-2-ethyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydroquinazoline (2.1 g), as a solid, m.p. 184C; NNR (d6-DMS0):
1.15(t, 3H), 1.7(m, 4H), 2.25(broad s, 2H), 2.5(m, 4H), 6.25(broad s, 2H); mass spectrum (CI, ammonia): 178(M+H)+.
(Example 4Bl: Bis(trifluoroacetoxy)iodobenzene (4.3 g) and iodine (1.27 g) were added to a solution of 4-amino-2,6-dimethylpyrimidine (1.23 g) in dichloromethane (30 ml) and methanol (70 ml) and the mixture was stirred for 16 hours. Solvent was removed by evaporation and 5% sodium metabisulphite solution (50 ml) was added to the residue. The mixture was basified with sodium bicarbonate and the resultant solid was collected by filtration to give 6-iodo-2,4-dimethylpyrimidine (1.5 g), as a yellow solid, m.p. 133-134C; NMR
(d6-DMS0): 2.26(s, 3H), 2.40(s, 3H), 6.73(broad s, 2H); mass spectrum (CI, ammonia): 250(N+H)+.
(Example 5B): (i) A mixture of 2-aminobenzamide (13.6 g), methyl propionylacetate (26.6 ml) and p-toluenesulphonic acid (150 mg) in benzene (200 ml) was heated at reflux for 6 hours with azeotropic removal of wate~. The mixture was cooled to ambient temperature and solvent was removed by evaporation. The residue was dissolved in a eutectic mixture of diphenyl/diphenyl ether (1:2.77 v/v) (10 ml) and the solution was added to a refluxing eutectic mixture of diphenyl/diphenyl ether (1:2.77 v/v) (40 ml). The mixture was heated at reflux for 20 minutes and then cooled to ambient temperature.
Hexane (200 ml) was added and the mixture was then decanted to leave a .
`" 20~2~8 solid residue. The residue was washed with hexane (2 x 200 ml) and collected by filtration to give 2-ethyl-4-hydroxyquinazoline (C) (16.9 g), as a brown solid, m.p. 199-201C; NMR (d6-DMS0): 1.25(t, 3H), 2.64(q, 2H), 7.4(m, lH), 7.6(d, lH), 7.78(m, lH), 8.06(dd, lH), 12.12(broad s, lH).
(ii) A solution of compound C (1 g) in phosphorous oxychloride (12 ml) was heated at reflux for 1 hour. The mixture was cooled to ambient temperature and volatile material was removed by evaporation.
Ice was added to the residue and the mixture was basified with potassium carbonate. The mixture was extracted with ether (2 x 10 ml) and the combined extracts dried (NgS04). Decolourising activated carbon was added to the ethereal solution and the carbon was then removed by filtration. Solvent was removed by evaporation to give 4-chloro-2-ethylquinazoline (D) (500 mg), as a yellow solid; NMR
(CDCl3): 1.4(t, 3H), 3.10(q, 2H), 7.64(mt lH), 7.98(m, 2H), 8.23(dd, lH); mass spectrum (CI, ammonia): 192,194(N+H)+.
(iii) Compound D (600 mg) was added to a saturated solùtion of ammonia in ethanol (25 ml) and the mixture was heated at 180C for 18 hours. Volatile material was removed by evaporation and saturated sodium bicarbonate solution (25 ml) was added to the residue. The resultant solid was collected by filtration to give 4-amino-2-ethyl-quinazoline (B) (250 mg), as an off white solid, m.p. 214-216C
(decomposition); NMR (CDCl3): 1.39(t, 3H), 2.87(q, 2H), 5.58(broad s, 2H), 7.44(m, lH), 7.75(m, 3H); mass spectrum (CI, ammonia): 174(M+H)+.
(Example 6B): (i) 4-chloro-2,6-diethylpyrimidlne (0.86 g) (obtalned as descrlbed ln J. Chem. Soc., 1963, 5642) was added to a saturated solution of ammonia in ethanol (50 ml) and the mixture was heated at 135C in a sealed tube for 16 hours. The mixture was cooled to ambient temperature and solvent was removed by evaporation. The residue was trlturated with diethyl ether (3 x 2.5 ml) to give 4-amino-2,6-diethylpyrimidine hydrochloride (C) (0.57 g), as an off white solid; N~R (d6-DNSO): 1.18(d of t, 6H), 2.55(q, 2H), 2.66(q, 2H), 7.6(broad s, lH); mass spectrum (CI, ammonia): 152(M+H)+.
'" ' `'""' " '''''~ ~''`' ''' ' ` '`'' -- - .
: .
2 ~
(ii) Using an analo~ous procedure to that described in Example 4B, but starting from compound (C), there was obtained in 38% yield 4-amino-2,6-diethyl-5-iodopyrimidine as a solidj NMR (CDC13):
1.28(d of t, 6H), 2.71(q, 2H), 2.85(q, 2H), 5.42(broad s, 2H); mass spectrum (CI, a~monia): 278(M+H)+.
(Example 7B): (i) Iodine (20.3 g) was added to a solution of 2,6-diethyl-4-hydroxypyrimidine (15.2 g) (obtained as described in J.
Chem. Soc., 1963, 5642) in lN sodium hydroxide solution (105 ml) and the mixture stirred for 2 hours. The product was collected by filtration, washed with water and dried to give 2,6-diethyl-4-hydroxy-5-iodopyrimidine (C) (14.6 g) as an off white solid, m.p. 166-168C;
NMR (d6-DNS0): 1.13(d of t, 6H), 2.51(q, 2H), 2.70(q, 2H), 12.53(broad s, lH); mass spectrum (CI, ammonia): 279(~+H)+.
(ii) A mixture of compound C (556 mg), ethyl acrylate (0.33 ml), palladium (II) acetate (50 mg) and triethylamine (1 ml) in DMF (3 ml) was heated at 120C for 6 hours. The mixture was cooled to ambient temperature and triturated with saturated sodium carbonate solution.
The product was collected by filtration and re-crystallised from ethyl acetate to give ethyl 3-[(2,6-diethyl-4-hydroxy)pyrimidin-5-yl]-acrylate (D) (200 mg) as an off white solid, m.p. 171-174C; NHR
(CDC13): 1.33(t of t, 9H), 2.80~d of q, 4H), 4.26(q, 2H), 7.30(d, lH), 7.70(d, lH); mass spectrum (CI, ammonia): 268(M+NH4)+, 251(H+H)+.
(iii) A solution of compound D (1 g~ in phosphorous oxychloride (10 ml) was heated at reflux for 1 hour. The mixture was cooled to ambient temperature and volatlle materlal was removed by evaporation.
Ice was added to the residue and the mixture was then basified with potassiu~ carbonate. The mixture was extracted with ether (3 x 50 ml) and the combined extracts dried (~gS04). Solvent was removed by evaporation and the residue purified by flash chromatography eluting with ethyl acetate~hexane (1:9 v/v) to give ethyl 3-1(4-chloro-2,6-diethyl)pyrimldin-3-yl]acrylate (E) (720 mg) as an oil; NMR (CDC13):
1.32(t of t, 9H), 2.89(d of q, 4H), 4.30(q, 2H), 6.35(d, lH), 7.71(d, lH); mass spectrum (CI, ammonia): 268,270(M+H)+.
~', , 20~2~ 3~
(:iv) Compound E (700 mg) was added to a saturated solution of ammonia in ethanol (50 ml) and the mixture was heated at 120C for 12 hours in a sealed tube. The mixture was cooled to ambient temperature and solvent was removed by evaporation. The residue was triturated with acetone and the solid ~as removed by filtration and discarded.
The filtrate was concentrated by evaporation and the residue was purified by flash chromatography to give ethyl 3-l(4-amino-2,6-diethyl)pyrimidin-5-yl]acrylate (F) (220 mg) as an oil; NM~ (CDC13):
1.30(t of t, 9H), 2.73(d of q, 4H), 4.28(q, 2H), 5.07(broad s, 2H), 6.29(d, lH), 7.73(d, lH); mass spectrum (CI, ammonia): 250(M+H)+.
(v) Compound F (50 mg) was added to a solution of sodium (18 mg) in ethanol (10 ml) and the mixture heated at reflux for 2 hours. The mixture was cooled to ambient temperature and solvent was removed by evaporation. Saturated sodium chloride solution (10 ml) was added to the residue and the mixture was acidified to pH 4 with lM citric acid solution. The mixture was then extracted with dichloromethane (2 x 10 ml) and the combined extracts dried (MgS04). Solvent was removed by evaporation ~o give 2,4-diethylpyridol2,3-d]pyrimidin-7(8H)-one (B) (22 mg), as a foam; NNR (CDC13): 1.37(t, 6H), 3.01(d of q, 4H), 6.66(d, lH), 7.89(d, lH), 9.57(broad s, lH); mass spectrum (CI, ammonia): 204(M+H)+.
EXA~PLES 8-11 Using an analogous procedure to that described in Example 1, but star~ing from the appropriate compound corresponding to startin~
material A in Example 1, the following compounds were obtained in yields of 53-85X:
( _arple 8): 2,4-diethyl-8-l(2'-(lH-tetrazol-5-yl)biphenyl-4-yl)-methyl]-5,6,7,8-tetrahydropyridol2,3-dlpyri~idin-7-o~e hydrochloride as a solid, m.p. 240-241C; NHR (d6-DNS0): 1.2(dt, 6H), 2.85(m, 6H), 2.99(q, 2H), 5.22~s, 2H), 7.01(d, 2H), 7.24(d, 2H), 7.60(m, 4H); mass spectrum (+ve ~AB, methanol/nitrobenzyl alcohol): 462(N+Na)+, 440(H+H)+; microanalysis, found: C, 62.4; H, 5.5; N, 19.7%;
C25H27N70.1.0HCl.O.l(C2H5)20 requires: C, 62.1; H, 5.5; N, 19.9%-2082~
(Example 9): 2,6-diethyl-5-(4-methylphenyl)-4-1(2'-(lH-tetrazol-5-yl)methylamino]pyrimidine hydrochloride as a solid m.p. 246C; NHR
(d6-DMS0): 1.05(t, 3H), 1.24(t, 3H), 2.39(q, 2H), 2.40(s, 3H), 2.86(q, 2H), 4.60(d, 2H), 7.03(d, 2H), 7.20(d, 4H), 7.39(d, 2H), 7.48(m, 4H), 8.30(t, lH); mass spectrum (+ve FAB, methanol/nitrobenzyl alcohol):
476 (N+H)+; microanalysis, found: C, 67.9; H, 6.0; N, 19.3%;
C29H29N7.1.0HCl requires: C, 68.0; H, 5.9; N, 19.1%.
(Example 10): 2,6-diethyl-5-(phenylmethyl)-4-1(2'-(lH-tetrazol-5-yl)methylamino]pyrimidine hydrochloride as a solid, m.p. 202-203C;
NNR (d6-DMS0): 1.02(t, 3H), 1.15(t, 3H), 2.5(q, 2H), 2.55(q, 2H), 3.93(s, 2H), 4.58(d, 2H), 6.95(d, 2H), 7.07(d, 4H), 7.21m, 3H), 7.55(m, 5H); mass spectrum (+ve FAB, methanol/nitrobenzyl alcohol):
476 (M+H)+; microanalysis, found: C, 70.4; H, 6.4; N, 19.6%;
C29H29N7.1.0HCl.1.0H20 requires: C, 70.5; H, 6.3; N, 19.8%.
( ample 11): 2,4-diethyl-8-1(2'-(lH-tetrazol-5-yl)biphenyl-4-yl)-methyll-5,6,7,8-tetrahydropyridol2,3-dlpyT$nidine hydrochloride as a solid, m.p. 255-256C; NMR (d6-DNSO): 1.20(dt, 6H), 1.88(m, 2H), 2.70(m, 6H), 3.55(m, 2H), 4.98(s, 2H), 7.08(d, 2H), 7.27(d, 2H), 7.60(m, 4H); mass spectrum (~ve FAB, methanol/nitrobenzyl alcohol):
426 (M~H)+; microanalysis, found: C, 64.1; H, 5.9; N, 20.1%;
C25N27N5.1ØHC1Ø15(C2H5)20 requires: C, 64.3; H, 6.0; N, 20.5%.
The necessary starting materials of formula IVa used in Examples 8-11, corresponding to starting material A in Example 1, were obtained in yields of 28-75X as follows:
(Example 8A): Using an analogous procedure to that described in Example 6~ there was thus obtained 2,4-dlethyl-8-1(2'-(2-triphenylmethyl-2H-tetrazol-5-yl)biphenyl-4-yl)methyll-5,6,7,8-tetrahydropyridol2,3-dlpyrlmldin-7-one as a foam; NHR (CDC13): 1.24(t, 3H), 1.32(t, 3H), 2.8(m, 8H), 5.26(s, 2H), 6.9(m, 6H), 7.03(d, 2H), 7.28(complex m, 12H), 7.45(m, 2H), 7.89(m, lH).
(Example 9A~: Uslng an analogous procedure to that described in Example 6A there was thus obta$ned 2,6-diethyl-5-(4-methylphenyl)-4-~.
~.
, 20~2~
~(2'-(2-triphenylmethyl-2H-tetrazol-5-yl)biphenyl-4-yl)methyla~ino]-pyrimidine as a foam; NMR (CDC13): l.lO(t, 3H), 1.35(t, 3H), 2.36(s, 3H), 2.40(q, 2H), 2.83(q, 2H), 4.95(d, 2H), 4.6(bs, H), 6.90(complex m, 8H), 7.05(complex m, 7H), 7.25(complex m, 9H), 7.45(m, 2H), 7.90(m, lH).
(Example lOA): Using an analogous procedure to that described in Example 6A there was thus obtained 2,6-diethyl-5-(phenylmethyl)-4-[2-(2-triphenylmethyl-2H-tetrazol-5-yl)biphenyl-4-yl)methylamino]-pyrimidine as a foam; NNR (CDC13): 1.31(dt, 6H), 3.0(broad s, 4H), 3.81(s, lH), 4.57(d, 2H), 6.73(d, 2H), 6.90(complex m, 6H), 7.00(complex m, 4H), 7.10(s, lH), 7.26(complex m, llH), 7.50(m, 3H), 7.91(m, lH); mass spectrum (+ve FAB, DMS0/nitro benzyl alcohol): 718 (~+H)+.
(Example llA): Using an analogous procedure to that described in Example 1, par~ (i), 2,4-diethyl-8-l2'-~2-triphenylmethyl-2H-tetrazol-5-yl)biphenyl-4-yl)methyll-5,6,7,8-tetrahydrow ridol2,3-d]-pyrimidine as a foam; NMR (CDC13): 1.25(dt, 6H), 1.8(m, 2H), 2.59(m, 4H), 2.72(q, 2H), 3.13(m, 2H), 4.82(s, 2H), 6.9(m, 6H), 7.07~s, 3H), 7.15-7.5(complex m, 14H), 7.92(m, lH); mass spectrum (+ve FAB, methanol/nitrobenzyl alcohol): 66~ (H+H)+.
The necessary starting materials of formula V used in Examples 8-11 corresponding to B in Example 1 were prepared as follows:-(Example 8B)s (i) A solutlon of ethyl 3-l(4-amlno-2,6-diethyl)-pyrlmldin-5-yllacrylate (100 mg) ln ethanol (6 ml) was catalytically hydrogenated over 30X palladlum on carbon. When hydrogen uptake ceased the catalyst was removed by flltration through diatomaceous earth. Solvent was removed from the filtrate by evaporation to give ethyl 3-l(4-amino-2,6-diethyl)wrimidin-5-yl]proplonate (B) (88 mg) as an oil; NMR (CDC13): 1.18(m, 9N), 2.6(m, 8H), 4.09(q, 2H), 5.09(broad s, 2H); mass spectrum (chemical ionisation, ammonia): 252 ~N+N)+, (ii) Sodium metal (27 mg) was added to a solution of compound B
2082~-;3~
(290 mg) in ethanol ~15 ml) and the mixture was stirred at ambient temperature for 2 hours. Solvent was removed by evaporation and the residue was partitioned between water (5 ml) and ethyl acetate (20 ml). The aqueous layer was separated and extracted with ethyl acetate (20 ml). The combined organic solutions were dried (HgS04) and solvent removed by evaporation to give 2,4-diethyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydropyridol2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-one (C) (205 mg) as a pale pink solid, m.p. 93-96C; NMR (CDC13): 1.30(dt, 6H), 2.86(m, 8H), 8.02(broad s, 2H); mass spectrum (chemical ionisation, ammonia): 206 (M+H)+.
(Example 9B): (i) A solution of 2,6-diethyl-4-hydroxy-5-iodopyrimidine (1.0 g) in phosphorus oxychloride (10 ml) was heated at reflux for 2 hours. The solution was cooled to ambient temperature and volatile material was removed by evaporation. The residue was treated with water (100 ml) and the mixture basified with solid potassium carbonate. The mixture was extraoted with ether (2 x 50ml) and the combined organic extracts dried (NgS04). Solvent was removed by evaporation to give 4-chloro-2,6-diethyl-5-iodopyrimidine (C) (1.01 g); NMR (CDC13): 1.31 (dt, 6H), 2.94(dq, 4H); mass spectrum (chemical ionisation, ammonia): 296, 298 (M+H)+.
(ii) A mixture of compound C (0.72 g), 4-methylphenyl boronic acid (0.35 g), tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium (86 mg), saturated sodiu~ bicarbonate solution (12 ml) and toluene (40 ml) was heated under reflux for 6 hours. The mixture was cooled to ambient temperature and the organic phase was separated. me aqueous layer was extracted with ethyl acetate and the comblned organlc phases were dried (NgS04) and solvent was removed by evaporatlon. The resldue was purlfled by flash chromatography elutlng wlth ethyl acetate/hexane (1:9 v/v) to give 4-chloro-2,6-diethyl-5-(4-methylphenyl)pyrimidine (D) (0.42 g) as a solid; NHR (CDCl3): 1.13(t, 3H), 1.39(t, 3H), 2.56(q, 2H), 2.97(q, 2H), 7.10(d, 2H), 7.27(d, 2H); mass spectrum (chemical ionisation, ammonia): 261 (N+~)+.
(iii) Compound D (0.40 g) was added to a saturated solution of ammonia in ethanol (10 ml) and the mixture was heated at 150C for 12 2082~
hours. Volatile material was removed by evaporation and the residue was partitioned between saturated sodium bicarbonate solution (5 ml) and ethyl acetate (20 ml). The aqueous layer was separated, extracted with ethyl acetate (20 ml) and the combined organic extracts dried (NgS04). Solvent was removed by evaporation and the residue was purified by flash chromatography eluting with ethyl acetate to give 4-amino-2,6-diethyl-5-(4-methylphenyl)pyrimidine (E) (0.2 g) as a solid, m.p. 110-114C; N~R (CDC13): 1.10(t, 3H), 1.35(t, 3H), 2.41(s, 3H), 2.42(q, 2H), 2.78(q, 2H), 4.62(broad s, 2H), 7.12(d, 2H), 7.27(d, 2H); mass spectrum (chemical ionisation, ammonia): 242 (H+H)+.
(Example lOB): (i) Benzyl bromide (1.18 ml) was added to a suspension of zinc dust ~1.0 g) in THF (25 ml) containing dibromoethane (20 mg) and the mixture was stirred at ambient temperature for 1 hour.
4-Chloro-2,6-diethyl-5-iodopyrimidine (0.9 g) and tetrakis(triphenylphosphine) palladium (0.1 g) were added and the mixture was heated at reflux for 4 hours under an argon atmosphere.
The mixture was cooled to ambient temperature and insoluble material was removed by filtration. The filtrate was extracted with saturated ethylenediamine tetracetic acid solution and the organic phase separated and dried (HgS04). Volatile material was removed by evaporation and the residue was purified by flash chromatography eluting with ethyl acetate/hexane (1:9 v/v) to give 4-chloro-2,6-diethyl-5-(phenylmethyl) pyrimidine (C) (0.5 g) as an oil; NMR (CDC13): l.l9(t, 3H), 1.38(t, 3H), 2.74(q, 2H), 2-93(q, 2H), 4.18(s, 2H), 7.08(d, 2H), 7.27(m, 3H).
(ii) Compound C (0.5 g) was added to a saturated solutlon of ammonia in ethanol (15 ml) and the mixture was heated at 150C for 18 hours. Volatile material was removed by evaporation and the residue was purified by flash chromatography eluting with ethyl acetate to give 4-amino-2,6-diethyl-5-(phenylmethyl)pyrimidine) (0.15 g) as an oil; NMR (CDC13) 1.28(dt, 6H), 2.77(dq, 4H), 3.91(s, 2H), 4.67(broad s, 2H), 7.13(m, 2H), 7.28(m, 3H); mass spectrum (chemical ionisation, ammonia): 242 (H+H)+.
(Example llB): A solution of 2,4-diethyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydro-.... .. . . . . .. . . . . .. ... .. . . . . . .. ..
2082~
p~rido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-one (205 mg) in THF (5 ml) was added dropwise to a suspension of lithium aluminium hydride (40 mg) in THF (10 ml).
The mixture was heated at reflux for 1 hour under an atmcsphere of argon. The mixture was cooled to ambient temperature and lM sodium hydroxide solution (1 ml) was added. Volatile material was removed by evaporation and the residue was partitioned between ethyl acetate (20 ml) and water (5 ml). The organic layer was separated and dried (NgS04). Solvent was removed by evaporation to give 2,4-diethyl-5,6,7,8-tetrahydropyridol2,3-d] wrimidine as a solid; N~R (CDC13):
1.23(dt, 6H), 1.94(m, 2H), 2.62(m, 6H), 3.40(m, 2H), 5.22(broad s, lH); mass spectrum (chemical ionisation, ammonia): 192 (H+H)+.
(Note: all parts by weight) The compounds of the invention may be administered for therapeutic or prophylactic use to warm-blooded animals such as man in the form of conventional pharmaceutical compositions, typical examples of which include the following:-a) Capsule (for oral administration) Active ingredient * 20 Lactose powder 578.5 Magnesium stearate 1.5 b) Tablet ~for oral administration) Active ingredient * 50 Hicrocrystalline cellulose 400 Starch (pregelatinised) 47.5 Magnesium stearate 2.5 c) ID~ectable Solution (for intravenous administration) Active ingredient * 0.05 - 1.0 Propylene glycol 5.0 Polyethylene glycol (300) 3.0 - 5.0 Purified water to 100%
d) In~ectable Suspension (for intramuscular administration) ' . .
20g2~S~
Active ingredient * 0.05 - 1.0 Methylcellulose 0-5 lween 80 0-05 Benzyl alcohol 0.9 Benzalkonium chloride 0.1 Purified water to 100%
Note: the active ingredient * may typically be an Example described hereinbefore and will conveniently be present as a pharmaceutically acceptable acid-addition salt, such as the hydrochloride salt.
Tablets and capsules formulations may be coated in conventional manner in order to modify or sustain dissolution of the active ingredient.
Thus, for example, they may be coated with a conventional enterically digestible coating.
JJH: 210CT92 R ~ N ~ R 1 Chemical Formulae N~R
N--R
~ A
Za~ CH--133 Zc --B ~ 3 ~ Rb Rc II~ IIb . IIc ~R~ m ~-CU~ 4 1 Qc ~x~ }R
R~ Rb Rc ~II~ IIIb IlIc ~--r3 I R~ ~ P~ ~ Plm I ~L~
@cX~3 Rb RC IYc .
R~ R~
.
~0~2~6~
4~3 _ Chemical Formulae ( con t i nued ) R 1~ ~N R
R
NUR y Zb ZC~ B- CH-g --6 ~3 ~ ~Qd Rb Rc ~llb ~lllc H~
~lIlo~ Rb RC ~llllb ~c ~H-6 ~j, ~R, R<~ ' Ri Rc lXo~ IXb ~XC
2 0 ~ 8 Chemical Formulae ( continued ) C~ C~
p, CH-B H~Xl ~3 Xo~ Rb Rc ~b Xc c~
a Rb Rc X~ c Lb ~ ~L~ 3 / ~L~' 4 ~ -6 H~ 4 ~ N
N;~ }
-Xl~ X~ c z6 ~R4 1_~3 N~
X~ b X~c _ ~5 2 0 8 2 Chemical Formulae (continued) Prr~ Pn~
~tX~ Rc~ X
X~- ` X~
N~pl ~p~
X~ll R Ro~ X~tl R~ ~ N
', :` ` ` .' , . ' ` ' `:
.
~' , - 46 - 208~
Scheme 1 ~,C~ ~Y`2 ~1 ~ RC~,CC~,Q
R2 I R3 \ (b) c ~
b~2er~c ~ R~ 1 R~ ~IR~
'J ~ R~ ~ =~ R~
)3 ~RIt H (et I R3- H
R CLR R ~ R R
(9~ )2 R~ tR~
~co~ R R
R~t_H/ H
... .. ... _ _ Note: R' = lower alkyl; Rx and Ry are optional substituents Reagents: a) sodium ethoxide, ethanol, ambient te~perature b) p-Toluenesulphonic acid, benzene, reflux with azeotropic removal of uater; heat .-~
- c) P~Cl3, reflux d) R N~ , EtO~, ambient to 180C
e) bis(~rifluoroacetoxy)iodobenzene, I , C~ Cl /MeOR
f) tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)palladium, trie~hylamine, dimethoxyethane g) ethyI acrylate, Pd(II)acetate, ~t ~, 120C, DHF
h) sodium ethoxide, ethanol, reflux 3 i) hydrogenation, palladium on carbon .
,:, . . . .
'' ~ . ' : ` ` ' . :
,: :
'
Claims (12)
1. A pyrimidine derivative of the formula I
wherein R1 is hydrogen, (1-8C)alkyl, (3-8C)cycloalkyl, phenyl or substituted (1-4C)alkyl, the latter containing one or more fluoro substituents or bearing a (3-8C)cycloalkyl, (1-4C)alkoxy or phenyl substituent;
R2 is (1-8C)alkyl, (3-8C)cycloalkyl, phenyl or substituted (1-4C)alkyl, the latter containing one or more fluoro substituents or bearing a (3-8C)cycloalkyl, (1-4C)alkoxy or phenyl substituent, halogeno, (1-4C)alkoxy, amino and alkylamino and dialkylamino of up to 6 carbon atoms;
R3 is selected from hydrogen, (1-8C)alkyl, (3-8C)cycloalkyl, substituted (1-4C)alkyl bearing a (3-8C)cycloalkyl, amino, hydroxy, (1-4C)alkoxy, carboxy or (1-4C)alkoxycarbonyl substituent or containing one or more fluoro substltuents, hydroxy(1-4C)alkoxy, carboxy, (1-4C)alkoxycarbonyl, (3-6C)alkenyloxycarbonyl, cyano, nitro, carbamoyl, (1-4C)alkanoyl, N-alkylcarbamoyl and di-(N-alkyl)carbamoyl of up to 7 carbon atoms, halogeno, amino, alkylamino and dialkylamino of up to 6 carbon atoms, (1-4C)alkanoylamino, phenyl, phenyl(1-4C)alkyl and benzoyl, the benzene ring of which last three groups optionally bearing one or two substituents selected from (1-4C)alkyl, (1-4C)alkoxy, halogeno, cyano, trifluoromethyl, nitro, hydroxy, carboxy, (1-4C)alkanoylamino, (1-4C)alkanoyl, fluoro(1-4C)alkoxy, hydroxy(1-4C)alkyl, (1-4C)alkoxy(1-4C)alkyl, carbamoyl, alkyl or dialkylcarbamoyl of up to 7 carbon atoms, sulphamoyl, N-alkyl or di-(N-alkyl)sulphamoyl of up to 6 carbon atoms, (1-4C)alkoxycarbonyl, (1-4C)alkanesulphonamido, (1-4C)alkyl.S(O)n- [in which n is zero, 1 or 2], 1H-tetrazol-S-yl, phenyl, phenoxy, benzyloxy, benzyloxycarbonyl, benzamido and benzenesulphonamido, the benzene moiety of the last six groups optionally bearing a halogeno, (1-4C)alkyl or (1-4C)alkoxy substituent;
R4 is hydrogen or (1-4C)alkyl;
or R2 and R3 together complete a benzene ring, said benzene ring optionally bearing one or two substituents independently selected from any of the previous values defined for R3;
or R2 and R3 together form an (3-6C)alkenylene group, an (3-6C)alkylene group or an (3-6C)alkylene group in which a methylene is replaced by carbonyl;
or R3 and R4 together form a linking group A which is selected from -CH2-CH2-, -CH2-CH2-CH2-, -CO-CH2-, -CH2-CO-, -CO-CH2-CH2-, -CH2-CH2-CO-, -CO-CH=CH- and -CH=CH-CO-, and wherein said linking group A optionally bears one or two substituents independently selected from (1-4C)alkyl, substituted (1-4C)alkyl containing one or more fluoro substituents or bearing a (3-8C)cycloalkyl, (1-4C)alkoxy or phenyl substituent, (3-8C)cycloalkyl, (1-4C)alkoxy, halogeno, carboxy, (1-4C)alkoxycarbonyl, (3-6C)alkenyloxycarbonyl, cyano, nitro, (1-4C)alkanoyl, (1-4C)alkyl.S(O)m- [in which m is zero, 1 or 2] and phenylsulphonyl;
A1 is a group of the partial formula IIa, IIb or IIc IIa IIb IIc wherein (1) in partial formula IIa, B1 is a direct bond or is phenylene optionally bearing a substituent selected from (1-4C)alkyl, (1-4C)alkoxy, halogeno, (1-4C)alkanoyl, trifluoromethyl, cyano and nitro; Ra is hydrogen, (1-4C)alkyl, (1-4C)alkoxy, halogeno, cyano, trifluoromethyl or nitro; and Za is 1H-tetrazol-5-yl, a carboxy group or in vivo hydrolysable ester thereof, -CO.NH.(1H-tetrazol-5-yl), or a group of the formula -CO.NH.CO2R8 in which R8 is (1-6C)alkyl, (3-8C)cycloalkyl, trifluoromethyl or phenyl;
(2) in partial formula IIb, B2 is oxygen, sulphur or a group of the formula -NR5- in which R5 is hydrogen or (1-4C)alkyl; Zb has any of the values defined above for Za; B3 is phenyl optionally bearing one or two substituents independently selected from (1-4C)alkyl, (1-4C)alkoxy and halogeno; and Rb and Rc are independently selected from hydrogen, (1-4C)alkyl, (1-4C)alkoxy and halogeno; and (3) in partial formula IIc, Zc is 1H-tetrazol-5-yl, carboxy or in vivo hydrolysable ester thereof or a group of the formula CF3SO2NH-; Rd is selected from hydrogen, (1-4C)alkyl, (1-4C)alkoxy, halogeno, trifluoromethyl, cyano and nitro; X1 is oxygen, sulphur or a group of the formula -NR6- in which R6 is hydrogen or (1-4C)alkyl; and X2 is nitrogen or is a group of the formula -C(R7)= wherein R7 is hydrogen, (1-4C)alkyl optionally containing one or more fluoro substituents, carbamoyl or N-alkyl or di-(N-alkyl)carbamoyl of up to 7 carbon atoms, halogeno, cyano, (1-4C)alkoxycarbonyl or (1-4C)alkanoyl;
and wherein any of said phenyl moieties of R1, R2 or R8, or of an optional substituent on linking group A, may be unsubstituted or bear one or two substituents independently selected from (1-4C)alkyl, (1-4C)alkoxy, halogeno, cyano and trifluoromethyl; or a non-toxic salt thereof.
wherein R1 is hydrogen, (1-8C)alkyl, (3-8C)cycloalkyl, phenyl or substituted (1-4C)alkyl, the latter containing one or more fluoro substituents or bearing a (3-8C)cycloalkyl, (1-4C)alkoxy or phenyl substituent;
R2 is (1-8C)alkyl, (3-8C)cycloalkyl, phenyl or substituted (1-4C)alkyl, the latter containing one or more fluoro substituents or bearing a (3-8C)cycloalkyl, (1-4C)alkoxy or phenyl substituent, halogeno, (1-4C)alkoxy, amino and alkylamino and dialkylamino of up to 6 carbon atoms;
R3 is selected from hydrogen, (1-8C)alkyl, (3-8C)cycloalkyl, substituted (1-4C)alkyl bearing a (3-8C)cycloalkyl, amino, hydroxy, (1-4C)alkoxy, carboxy or (1-4C)alkoxycarbonyl substituent or containing one or more fluoro substltuents, hydroxy(1-4C)alkoxy, carboxy, (1-4C)alkoxycarbonyl, (3-6C)alkenyloxycarbonyl, cyano, nitro, carbamoyl, (1-4C)alkanoyl, N-alkylcarbamoyl and di-(N-alkyl)carbamoyl of up to 7 carbon atoms, halogeno, amino, alkylamino and dialkylamino of up to 6 carbon atoms, (1-4C)alkanoylamino, phenyl, phenyl(1-4C)alkyl and benzoyl, the benzene ring of which last three groups optionally bearing one or two substituents selected from (1-4C)alkyl, (1-4C)alkoxy, halogeno, cyano, trifluoromethyl, nitro, hydroxy, carboxy, (1-4C)alkanoylamino, (1-4C)alkanoyl, fluoro(1-4C)alkoxy, hydroxy(1-4C)alkyl, (1-4C)alkoxy(1-4C)alkyl, carbamoyl, alkyl or dialkylcarbamoyl of up to 7 carbon atoms, sulphamoyl, N-alkyl or di-(N-alkyl)sulphamoyl of up to 6 carbon atoms, (1-4C)alkoxycarbonyl, (1-4C)alkanesulphonamido, (1-4C)alkyl.S(O)n- [in which n is zero, 1 or 2], 1H-tetrazol-S-yl, phenyl, phenoxy, benzyloxy, benzyloxycarbonyl, benzamido and benzenesulphonamido, the benzene moiety of the last six groups optionally bearing a halogeno, (1-4C)alkyl or (1-4C)alkoxy substituent;
R4 is hydrogen or (1-4C)alkyl;
or R2 and R3 together complete a benzene ring, said benzene ring optionally bearing one or two substituents independently selected from any of the previous values defined for R3;
or R2 and R3 together form an (3-6C)alkenylene group, an (3-6C)alkylene group or an (3-6C)alkylene group in which a methylene is replaced by carbonyl;
or R3 and R4 together form a linking group A which is selected from -CH2-CH2-, -CH2-CH2-CH2-, -CO-CH2-, -CH2-CO-, -CO-CH2-CH2-, -CH2-CH2-CO-, -CO-CH=CH- and -CH=CH-CO-, and wherein said linking group A optionally bears one or two substituents independently selected from (1-4C)alkyl, substituted (1-4C)alkyl containing one or more fluoro substituents or bearing a (3-8C)cycloalkyl, (1-4C)alkoxy or phenyl substituent, (3-8C)cycloalkyl, (1-4C)alkoxy, halogeno, carboxy, (1-4C)alkoxycarbonyl, (3-6C)alkenyloxycarbonyl, cyano, nitro, (1-4C)alkanoyl, (1-4C)alkyl.S(O)m- [in which m is zero, 1 or 2] and phenylsulphonyl;
A1 is a group of the partial formula IIa, IIb or IIc IIa IIb IIc wherein (1) in partial formula IIa, B1 is a direct bond or is phenylene optionally bearing a substituent selected from (1-4C)alkyl, (1-4C)alkoxy, halogeno, (1-4C)alkanoyl, trifluoromethyl, cyano and nitro; Ra is hydrogen, (1-4C)alkyl, (1-4C)alkoxy, halogeno, cyano, trifluoromethyl or nitro; and Za is 1H-tetrazol-5-yl, a carboxy group or in vivo hydrolysable ester thereof, -CO.NH.(1H-tetrazol-5-yl), or a group of the formula -CO.NH.CO2R8 in which R8 is (1-6C)alkyl, (3-8C)cycloalkyl, trifluoromethyl or phenyl;
(2) in partial formula IIb, B2 is oxygen, sulphur or a group of the formula -NR5- in which R5 is hydrogen or (1-4C)alkyl; Zb has any of the values defined above for Za; B3 is phenyl optionally bearing one or two substituents independently selected from (1-4C)alkyl, (1-4C)alkoxy and halogeno; and Rb and Rc are independently selected from hydrogen, (1-4C)alkyl, (1-4C)alkoxy and halogeno; and (3) in partial formula IIc, Zc is 1H-tetrazol-5-yl, carboxy or in vivo hydrolysable ester thereof or a group of the formula CF3SO2NH-; Rd is selected from hydrogen, (1-4C)alkyl, (1-4C)alkoxy, halogeno, trifluoromethyl, cyano and nitro; X1 is oxygen, sulphur or a group of the formula -NR6- in which R6 is hydrogen or (1-4C)alkyl; and X2 is nitrogen or is a group of the formula -C(R7)= wherein R7 is hydrogen, (1-4C)alkyl optionally containing one or more fluoro substituents, carbamoyl or N-alkyl or di-(N-alkyl)carbamoyl of up to 7 carbon atoms, halogeno, cyano, (1-4C)alkoxycarbonyl or (1-4C)alkanoyl;
and wherein any of said phenyl moieties of R1, R2 or R8, or of an optional substituent on linking group A, may be unsubstituted or bear one or two substituents independently selected from (1-4C)alkyl, (1-4C)alkoxy, halogeno, cyano and trifluoromethyl; or a non-toxic salt thereof.
2. A compound as clalmed in claim 1 wherein R1 is hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, pentyl, hexyl, cyclopropyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, phenyl, fluoromethyl, trifluoromethyl, 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl, pentafluoroehyl, cyclopropylmethyl, cyclopentylmethyl, cyclohexylmethyl, cyclopentylmethyl, cyclohexylmethyl, cyclopentylethyl, 2-methoxyethyl, 2-ethoxyethyl, benzyl, 1-phenylethyl or 2-phenylethyl; R2 is methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, pentyl, hexyl, cyclopropyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, phenyl, fluoromethyl, trifluoromethyl, 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl, pentafluoroehyl, cyclopropylmethyl, cyclopentylmethyl, cyclohexylmethyl, cyclopentylmethyl, cyclohexylmethyl, cyclopentylethyl, 2-methoxyethyl, 2-ethoxyethyl, blenzyl, 1-phenylethyl or 2-phenylethyl; R3 is hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, pentyl, hexyl, cyclopropyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cyclopropylmethyl, cyclopentylmethyl, cyclohexylmethyl, cyclopentylethyl, hydroxymethyl, 1-hydroxyethyl, 2-hydroxyethyl, aminomethyl, 2-aminoethyl, methoxymethyl, 2-methoxyethyl, 2-ethoxyethyl, carboxymethyl, 1-carboxyethyl, 2-carboxyethyl, methoxycarbonylmethyl, ethoxycarbonylmethyl, 2-methoxycarbonylethyl, 2-ethoxycarbonylethyl, fluoromethyl, trifluoromethyl, 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl, pentafluoroethyl, hydroxymethyloxy, 1-hydroxyethyloxy, 2-hydroxyethyloxy,
3-hydroxypropyloxy, carboxy, methoxycarbonyl, ethoxycarbonyl, propoxycarbonyl, allyloxycarbonyl, 2-methyl-2-propenyloxycarbonyl, 3-methyl-3-butenyloxycarbonyl, cyano, nitro, carbamoyl, formyl, acetyl, butyryl, N-methylcarbamoyl, N-ethylcarbamoyl, N,N-dimethylcarbamoyl, N,N-diethylcarbamoyl, fluoro, chloro, bromo, iodo, amino, methylamino, ethylamino, butylamino, dimethylamino, diethylamino, dipropylamino, formamido, acetamido, propanamido, phenyl, benzyl, 1-phenylethyl, 2-phenylethyl or benzoyl, the benzene ring of which last five groups optionally bearing one or two substituents selected from methyl, ethyl, methoxy, ethoxy, chloro, bromo, iodo, cyano, trifluoromethyl, nitro, hydroxy, carboxy, formamido, acetamido, propanamido, formyl, acetyl, butyryl, trifluoromethoxy, 2-fluoroethoxy, 2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy, 3,3,3-trifluoropropoxy, hydroxymethyl, 1-hydroxyethyl, 2-hydroxyethyl, 2-methoxyethyl, 2-ethoxyethyl, carbamoyl, N-methylcarbamoyl, N-ethylcarbamoyl, N,N-dimethylcarbamoyl, N,N-diethylcarbamoyl, sulphamoyl, N-methylsulphamoyl, N-ethylsulphamoyl, N,N-dimethylsulphamoyl, N,N-diethylsulphamoyl, methoxycarbonyl, ethoxycarbonyl, propoxycarbonyl, methanesulphonamido, ethanesulphonamido, methylthio, ethylthio, methylsulphinyl, ethylsulphinyl, methylsulphonyl, ethylsulphonyl, 1H-tetrazol-5-yl, phenyl, phenoxy, benzyloxy, benzyloxycarbonyl, benzamido and benzenesulphonamido, the benzene moiety of the last six groups optionally bearing a fluoro, chloro, bromo, methyl, ethyl, methoxy or ethoxy substituent;
R4 is hydrogen, methyl, ethyl or propyl;
or R2 and R3 together complete a benzene ring, said benzene ring optionally bearing one or two substituents independently selected from any of the previous values defined for R3;
or R2 and R3 together form a 1-propenylene, 2-propenylene, 1-butenylene, 2-butenylene, 3-butenylene, trimethylene, tetramethylene, pentamethylene, 1-oxopropylidene, 3-oxopropylidene, 1-oxobutylidene or 4-oxobutylidene group; or R3 and R4 together form a linking group A which is selected from -CH2-CH2-, -CH2-CH2-CH2-, -CO-CH2-, -CH2-CO-, -CO-CH2-CH2-, -CH2-CH2-CO-, -CO-CH=CH- and -CH=CH-CO-, and wherein said linking group A optionally bears one or two substituents independently selected from methyl, ethyl, fluoromethyl, trifluoromethyl, 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl, pentafluoroethyl, cyclopropylmethyl, cyclopentylmethyl, cyclohexylethyl, cyclopentylethyl, 2-methoxyethyl, 2-ethoxyethyl, benzyl, 1-phenylethyl, 2-phenylethyl, cyclopropyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, fluoro, chloro, bromo, iodo, carboxy, methoxycarbonyl, ethoxycarbonyl, propoxycarbonyl, allyloxycarbonyl, 2-methyl-2-propenyloxycarbonyl, 3-methyl-3-butenyloxycarbonyl, cyano, nitro, formyl, acetyl, butyryl, methylthio, ethylthio, methylsulphinyl, ethylsulphinyl, methylsulphonyl, ethylsulphonyl and phenylsulphonyl;
A1 is a group of the partial formula IIa, IIb or IIc wherein (1) in partial formula IIa, B1 is a direct bond or is phenylene optionally bearing a substituent selected from methyl, ethyl, methoxy, ethoxy, fluoro, chloro, bromo, formyl, acetyl, propionyl, trifluoromethyl, cyano and nitro; Ra is hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, methoxy, ethoxy, fluoro, chloro, bromo, trlfluoromethyl, cyano or nitro; R8 is methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, pentyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, trifluoromethyl or phenyl;
(2) in partial formula IIb, B2 is oxygen, sulphur or a group of the formula -NR5- in which R5 is hydrogen, methyl, ethyl or propyl;
B3 is phenyl optionally bearing one or two substituents independently selected from methyl, ethyl, methoxy, ethoxy, fluoro, chloro or bromo;
and Rb and Rc are independently selected from hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, methoxy, ethoxy, fluoro, chloro and bromo; and (3) in partial formula IIc, Rd is selected from hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, methoxy, ethoxy, fluoro, chloro, bromo, trifluoromethyl, cyano and nitro; X1 is oxygen, sulphur or a group of the formula -NR6- in which R6 is hydrogen, methyl, ethyl or propyl; and X2 is nitrogen or is a group of the formula -C(R7)= wherein R7 is hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, fluoromethyl, trifluoromethyl, 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl, pentafluoroethyl, carbamoyl, N-methylcarbamoyl, N-ethylcarbamoyl, N,N-dimethylcarbamoyl, N,N-diethylcarbamoyl, fluoro, chloro, bromo, iodo, cyano, methoxycarbonyl, ethoxycarbonyl, formyl, acetyl or propionyl;
and wherein any of said phenyl moieties of R1, R2 or R8, or of an optional substituent on linking group A, may be unsubstituted or bear one or two substituents independently selected from methyl, ethyl, methoxy, ethoxy, fluoro, chloro, bromo, cyano and trifluoromethyl; or a non-toxic salt thereof.
3. A compound as claimed in claim 1 wherein R1 and R2 are both (1-8C)alkyl.
R4 is hydrogen, methyl, ethyl or propyl;
or R2 and R3 together complete a benzene ring, said benzene ring optionally bearing one or two substituents independently selected from any of the previous values defined for R3;
or R2 and R3 together form a 1-propenylene, 2-propenylene, 1-butenylene, 2-butenylene, 3-butenylene, trimethylene, tetramethylene, pentamethylene, 1-oxopropylidene, 3-oxopropylidene, 1-oxobutylidene or 4-oxobutylidene group; or R3 and R4 together form a linking group A which is selected from -CH2-CH2-, -CH2-CH2-CH2-, -CO-CH2-, -CH2-CO-, -CO-CH2-CH2-, -CH2-CH2-CO-, -CO-CH=CH- and -CH=CH-CO-, and wherein said linking group A optionally bears one or two substituents independently selected from methyl, ethyl, fluoromethyl, trifluoromethyl, 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl, pentafluoroethyl, cyclopropylmethyl, cyclopentylmethyl, cyclohexylethyl, cyclopentylethyl, 2-methoxyethyl, 2-ethoxyethyl, benzyl, 1-phenylethyl, 2-phenylethyl, cyclopropyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, methoxy, ethoxy, propoxy, fluoro, chloro, bromo, iodo, carboxy, methoxycarbonyl, ethoxycarbonyl, propoxycarbonyl, allyloxycarbonyl, 2-methyl-2-propenyloxycarbonyl, 3-methyl-3-butenyloxycarbonyl, cyano, nitro, formyl, acetyl, butyryl, methylthio, ethylthio, methylsulphinyl, ethylsulphinyl, methylsulphonyl, ethylsulphonyl and phenylsulphonyl;
A1 is a group of the partial formula IIa, IIb or IIc wherein (1) in partial formula IIa, B1 is a direct bond or is phenylene optionally bearing a substituent selected from methyl, ethyl, methoxy, ethoxy, fluoro, chloro, bromo, formyl, acetyl, propionyl, trifluoromethyl, cyano and nitro; Ra is hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, methoxy, ethoxy, fluoro, chloro, bromo, trlfluoromethyl, cyano or nitro; R8 is methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, pentyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, trifluoromethyl or phenyl;
(2) in partial formula IIb, B2 is oxygen, sulphur or a group of the formula -NR5- in which R5 is hydrogen, methyl, ethyl or propyl;
B3 is phenyl optionally bearing one or two substituents independently selected from methyl, ethyl, methoxy, ethoxy, fluoro, chloro or bromo;
and Rb and Rc are independently selected from hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, methoxy, ethoxy, fluoro, chloro and bromo; and (3) in partial formula IIc, Rd is selected from hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, methoxy, ethoxy, fluoro, chloro, bromo, trifluoromethyl, cyano and nitro; X1 is oxygen, sulphur or a group of the formula -NR6- in which R6 is hydrogen, methyl, ethyl or propyl; and X2 is nitrogen or is a group of the formula -C(R7)= wherein R7 is hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, fluoromethyl, trifluoromethyl, 2,2,2-trifluoroethyl, pentafluoroethyl, carbamoyl, N-methylcarbamoyl, N-ethylcarbamoyl, N,N-dimethylcarbamoyl, N,N-diethylcarbamoyl, fluoro, chloro, bromo, iodo, cyano, methoxycarbonyl, ethoxycarbonyl, formyl, acetyl or propionyl;
and wherein any of said phenyl moieties of R1, R2 or R8, or of an optional substituent on linking group A, may be unsubstituted or bear one or two substituents independently selected from methyl, ethyl, methoxy, ethoxy, fluoro, chloro, bromo, cyano and trifluoromethyl; or a non-toxic salt thereof.
3. A compound as claimed in claim 1 wherein R1 and R2 are both (1-8C)alkyl.
4. A compound as claimed in claim 1 or 3 wherein R1 is (1-8C)alkyl; R2 is (1-8C)alkyl; R3 is halogeno; R4 is hydrogen or (1-4C)alkyl;
or R2 and R3 together form an (3-6C)alkylene group;
or R3 and R4 together form a linking group A which is selected from -CH2-CH2-, -CH2-CH2-CH2-, -CO-CH2-, CH2-CO-, -CO-CH2-CH2-, -CH2-CH2-CO-, -CO-CH=CH- and -CH=CH-CO-, and wherein said linking group A optionally bears one or two substituents independently selected from (1-4C)alkyl, substltuted (1-4C)alkyl containing one or more fluoro substituents or bearing a (3-8C)cycloalkyl, (1-4C)alkoxy or phenyl substituent, (3-8C)cycloalkyl, (1-4C)alkoxy, halogeno, carboxy, (1-4C)alkoxycarbonyl, (3-6C)alkenyloxycarbonyl, cyano, nitro, (1-4C)alkanoyl, (1-4C)alkyl.S(O)m- [in which m is zero, 1 or 2] and phenylsulphonyl;
A1 is a group of the partial formula IIa, IIb or IIc wherein (1) in partial formula IIa, B1 is a direct bond or is phenylene optionally bearing a substituent selected from (1-4C)alkyl, (1-4C)alkoxy, halogeno, (1-4C)alkanoyl, trifluoromethyl, cyano and nitro; Ra is hydrogen, (1-4C)alkyl, (1-4C)alkoxy, halogeno, cyano, trifluoromethyl or nitro; and Za is 1H-tetrazol-5-yl, a carboxy group or in vivo hydrolysable ester thereof, CO.NH.(1H-tetrazol-5-yl), or a group of the formula -CO.NH.CO2R3 in which R8 is (1-6C)alkyl, (3-8C)cycloalkyl, trifluoromethyl or phenyl;
(2) in partial formula IIb, B2 is oxygen, sulphur or a group of the formula -NR5- in which R5 is hydrogen or (1-4C)alkyl; Zb has any of the values defined above for Za; B3 is phenyl optionally bearing one or two substituents independently selected from (1-4C)alkyl, (1-4C)alkoxy and halogeno; and Rb and Rc are independently selected from hydrogen, (1-4C)alkyl, (1-4C)alkoxy and halogeno; and (3) in partial formula IIc, Zc is 1H-tetrazol-5-yl, carboxy or in vivo hydrolysable ester thereof or a group of the formula CF3SO2NH-; Rd is selected from hydrogen, (1-4C)alkyl, (1-4C)alkoxy, halogeno, trifluoromethyl, cyano and nitro; X1 is oxygen, sulphur or a group of the formula -NR6- in which R6 is hydrogen or (1-4C)alkyl; and X2 is nitrogen or is a group of the formula -C(R7)= wherein R7 is hydrogen, (1-4C)alkyl optionally containing one or more fluoro substituents, carbamoyl or N-alkyl or di-(N-alkyl)carbamoyl of up to 7 carbon atoms, halogeno, cyano, (1-4C)alkoxycarbonyl or (1-4C)alkanoyl;
and wherein any of said phenyl moieties of R1, R2 or R8, or of an optional substituent on linking group A, may be unsubstituted or bear one or two substituents independently selected from (1-4C)alkyl, (1-4C)alkoxy, halogeno, cyano and trifluoromethyl; or a non-toxic salt thereof.
or R2 and R3 together form an (3-6C)alkylene group;
or R3 and R4 together form a linking group A which is selected from -CH2-CH2-, -CH2-CH2-CH2-, -CO-CH2-, CH2-CO-, -CO-CH2-CH2-, -CH2-CH2-CO-, -CO-CH=CH- and -CH=CH-CO-, and wherein said linking group A optionally bears one or two substituents independently selected from (1-4C)alkyl, substltuted (1-4C)alkyl containing one or more fluoro substituents or bearing a (3-8C)cycloalkyl, (1-4C)alkoxy or phenyl substituent, (3-8C)cycloalkyl, (1-4C)alkoxy, halogeno, carboxy, (1-4C)alkoxycarbonyl, (3-6C)alkenyloxycarbonyl, cyano, nitro, (1-4C)alkanoyl, (1-4C)alkyl.S(O)m- [in which m is zero, 1 or 2] and phenylsulphonyl;
A1 is a group of the partial formula IIa, IIb or IIc wherein (1) in partial formula IIa, B1 is a direct bond or is phenylene optionally bearing a substituent selected from (1-4C)alkyl, (1-4C)alkoxy, halogeno, (1-4C)alkanoyl, trifluoromethyl, cyano and nitro; Ra is hydrogen, (1-4C)alkyl, (1-4C)alkoxy, halogeno, cyano, trifluoromethyl or nitro; and Za is 1H-tetrazol-5-yl, a carboxy group or in vivo hydrolysable ester thereof, CO.NH.(1H-tetrazol-5-yl), or a group of the formula -CO.NH.CO2R3 in which R8 is (1-6C)alkyl, (3-8C)cycloalkyl, trifluoromethyl or phenyl;
(2) in partial formula IIb, B2 is oxygen, sulphur or a group of the formula -NR5- in which R5 is hydrogen or (1-4C)alkyl; Zb has any of the values defined above for Za; B3 is phenyl optionally bearing one or two substituents independently selected from (1-4C)alkyl, (1-4C)alkoxy and halogeno; and Rb and Rc are independently selected from hydrogen, (1-4C)alkyl, (1-4C)alkoxy and halogeno; and (3) in partial formula IIc, Zc is 1H-tetrazol-5-yl, carboxy or in vivo hydrolysable ester thereof or a group of the formula CF3SO2NH-; Rd is selected from hydrogen, (1-4C)alkyl, (1-4C)alkoxy, halogeno, trifluoromethyl, cyano and nitro; X1 is oxygen, sulphur or a group of the formula -NR6- in which R6 is hydrogen or (1-4C)alkyl; and X2 is nitrogen or is a group of the formula -C(R7)= wherein R7 is hydrogen, (1-4C)alkyl optionally containing one or more fluoro substituents, carbamoyl or N-alkyl or di-(N-alkyl)carbamoyl of up to 7 carbon atoms, halogeno, cyano, (1-4C)alkoxycarbonyl or (1-4C)alkanoyl;
and wherein any of said phenyl moieties of R1, R2 or R8, or of an optional substituent on linking group A, may be unsubstituted or bear one or two substituents independently selected from (1-4C)alkyl, (1-4C)alkoxy, halogeno, cyano and trifluoromethyl; or a non-toxic salt thereof.
5. A compound as claimed in claim 3 or 4 wherein R3 is halogeno.
6. A compound as claimed in claim 1, 3 or 4 wherein R2 and R3 together form an (3-6C)alkylene group.
7. A compound as claimed in claim 1 or 3 wherein R3 is phenyl or benzoyl either of which groups may optionally bear one or two substituents independently selected from (1-4C)alkyl, (1-4C)alkoxy, halogeno, cyano, trifluoromethyl, nitro, hydroxy, carboxy, (1-4C)alkanoylamino, (1-4C)alkanoyl, fluoro(l-4C)alkoxy, hydroxy(1-4C)alkyl, (1-4C)alkoxy(1-4C)alkyl, carbamoyl, alkyl or dialkylcarbamoyl of up to 7 carbon atoms, sulphamoyl, alkyl or dialkylsulphamoyl of up to 6 carbon atoms, (1-4C)alkoxycarbonyl, (1-4C)alkanesulphonamido, (1-4C)alkyl.S(O)n- [in which n is zero, 1 or 2], 1H-tetrazol-5-yl, phenyl, phenoxy, benzyloxy, benzyloxycarbonyl, benzamido and benzenesulphonamido, the benzene moiety of the last six groups optionally bearing a halogeno, (1-4C)alkyl or (1-4C)alkoxy substituent; or a non-toxic salt thereof.
8. A compound as claimed in claim 1 or 3 wherein R3 is phenyl(1-4C)alkyl optionally bearing one or two substituents independently selected from (1-4C)alkyl, (1-4C)alkoxy, halogeno, cyano, trifluoromethyl, nitro, hydroxy, carboxy, (1-4C)alkanoylamino, (1-4C)alkanoyl, fluoro(1-4C)alkoxy, hydroxy(1-4C)alkyl, (1-4C)alkoxy(1-4C)alkyl, carbamoyl, alkyl or dialkylcarbamoyl of up to 7 carbon atoms, sulphamoyl, alkyl or dialkylsulphamoyl of up to 6 carbon atoms, (1-4C)alkoxycarbonyl, (1-4C)alkanesulphonamido, (1-4C)alkyl.S(O)n- [in which n is zero, 1 or 2], 1H-tetrazol-5-yl, phenyl, phenoxy, benzyloxy, benzyloxycarbonyl, benzamido and benzenesulphonamido, the benzene moiety of the last six groups optionally bearing a halogeno, (1-4C)alkyl or (1-4C)alkoxy substituent; or a non-toxic salt thereof.
9. A compound of the formula I selected from:-2,6-dimethyl-4-[N-(2'-(1H-tetrazol-5-yl)biphenyl-4-ylmethyl)amino]-pyrimidine;
2-ethyl-4-[(2'-(1H-tetrazol-5-yl)biphenyl-4-ylmethyl)amino]-5,6,7,8-tetrahydroquinazoline;
2,6-dimethyl-5-iodo-4-[(2'-(1H-tetrazol-5-yl)biphenyl-4-ylmethyl)-amino]pyrimidine;
2,6-diethyl-5-iodo-4-[(2'-(1H-tetrazol-5-yl)biphenyl-4-ylmethyl)-amino]pyrimidine;
2,4-diethyl-8-[(2'-(1H-tetrazol-5-yl)biphenyl-4-ylmethyl)]-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7(8H)-one;
2,4-diethyl-8-[(2'-(1H-tetrazol-5-yl)biphenyl-4-yl)methyl]-5,6,7,8-tetrahydropyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-one;
2,6-diethyl-5-(4-methylphenyl)-4-[(2'-(1H-tetrazol-5-yl)methylamino]-pyrimidine; and 2,6-diethyl-5-(phenylmethyl)-4-[(2'-(1H-tetrazol-5-yl)methylamino]-pyrimidine; and the non-toxic salts thereof.
2-ethyl-4-[(2'-(1H-tetrazol-5-yl)biphenyl-4-ylmethyl)amino]-5,6,7,8-tetrahydroquinazoline;
2,6-dimethyl-5-iodo-4-[(2'-(1H-tetrazol-5-yl)biphenyl-4-ylmethyl)-amino]pyrimidine;
2,6-diethyl-5-iodo-4-[(2'-(1H-tetrazol-5-yl)biphenyl-4-ylmethyl)-amino]pyrimidine;
2,4-diethyl-8-[(2'-(1H-tetrazol-5-yl)biphenyl-4-ylmethyl)]-pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7(8H)-one;
2,4-diethyl-8-[(2'-(1H-tetrazol-5-yl)biphenyl-4-yl)methyl]-5,6,7,8-tetrahydropyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidin-7-one;
2,6-diethyl-5-(4-methylphenyl)-4-[(2'-(1H-tetrazol-5-yl)methylamino]-pyrimidine; and 2,6-diethyl-5-(phenylmethyl)-4-[(2'-(1H-tetrazol-5-yl)methylamino]-pyrimidine; and the non-toxic salts thereof.
10. A salt as claimed in any one preceding claim which is selected from salts with acids forming physiologically acceptable anions and, for those compounds of the formula I which are acidic, alkali metal, alkaline earth metal, aluminium and ammonium salts, and salts with organic bases affording physiologically acceptable cations.
11. A process for the manufacture of a compound of the formula I, or a non-toxic salt thereof, as claimed in any preceding claim, which is characterised in that:-(a) For those compounds of formula I in which A1 is a group of the partial formula IIa, IIb or IIc in which Za, Zb and Zc respectively are carboxy, a carboxylic acid derivative of the formula IIIa, IIIb or IIIc IIIa IIIb IIIc in which Qa, Qb and Qc respectively are protected carboxy groups selected from (1-6C)alkoxycarbonyl, phenoxycarbonyl, benzyloxycarbonyl and carbamoyl, is converted to carboxy;
(b) For those compounds of formula I in which A1 is a group of the partial formula IIa, IIb or IIc in which Za, Zb and Zc respectively are tetrazolyl, a compound of the formula IVa, IVb or IVc IVa IVb IVc in which La, Lb and Lc respectively are protecting groups affixed to a nitrogen of the tetrazolyl moiety, is deprotected;
(c) An aminopyrimidine of the formula V
V
is alkylated with a compound of the formula VIIa, VIIb or VIIc VIIa VIIb VIIc wherein Hal. stands for a suitable leaving group;
(d) A heterocyclic derivative of the formula VI
VI
wherein Y1 is a suitable leaving group is reacted with an amine of the formula XIIIa, XIIIb or XIIIc XIIIa XIIb XIIIc (e) For those compounds of formula I wherein A1 is a group of partial formula IIc in which Zc is a group of the formula CF3SO2NH-, a compound of formula XIV
XIV
is reacted with trifluoromethanesulphonic acid anhydride; or (f) For those compounds of the formula I wherein A1 is a group of partial structure IIa in which Za is tetrazolyl, B1 is p-phenylene optionally bearing a substituent selected from (1-4C)alkyl, (1-4C)alkoxy, halogeno, (1-4C)alkanoyl, trifluoromethyl, cyano and nitro, a compound of the formula XVI
XVI
wherein P1 is an electron-deficient phenyl group or a pyrimidyl or pyridyl group; Re is hydrogen, (1-4C)alkyl, (1-4C)alkoxy, halogeno, (1-4C)alkanoyl, trifluoromethyl, cyano or nitro, is reacted with a base selected from an alkali metal hydroxide, (1-12C)alkanolate, (1-12C)alkanethiolate, phenolate, thiophenolate or diphenylphosphide, wherein any phenyl ring of the latter three groups may optionally bear a (1-4C)alkyl, (1-4C)alkoxy or halogeno group;
whereafter: when a compound of the formula I is required wherein Za, Zb or Zc is -CO.NH.(1H-tetrazol-5-yl), a group of the formula -CO.NH.SO2R8 or an ester group, a carboxylic acid of the formula I in which Za, Zb and Zc is carboxy (or a reactive derivative of said acid) is reacted with 5-aminotetrazole, a sulphonamide of the formula NH2.SO2R8 or a salt thereof or an appropriate alcohol or with a salt thereof;
when a non-toxic salt of a compound of formula I is required, it is obtained by reaction with the appropriate base affording a physiologically acceptable cation, or with the appropriate acid affording a physiologically acceptable anion, or by any other conventional salt formation procedure; and when an optically active form of a compound of formula I is required, one of the aforesaid processes (a)-(e) is carried out using an optically active starting material, or the racemic form of a compound of formula I in which Za, Zb or Zc is an acidic group is resolved by reaction with an optically active form of a suitable organic base, followed by conventional separation of the diastereoisomeric mixture of salts thus obtained, and liberation of the required optically active form of said compound of the formula I
by conventional treatment with acid;
and wherein the group Pm is a group of the partial formula and wherein the generic radicals have any of the meanings defined in any of claims 1 to 8 unless otherwise stated.
(b) For those compounds of formula I in which A1 is a group of the partial formula IIa, IIb or IIc in which Za, Zb and Zc respectively are tetrazolyl, a compound of the formula IVa, IVb or IVc IVa IVb IVc in which La, Lb and Lc respectively are protecting groups affixed to a nitrogen of the tetrazolyl moiety, is deprotected;
(c) An aminopyrimidine of the formula V
V
is alkylated with a compound of the formula VIIa, VIIb or VIIc VIIa VIIb VIIc wherein Hal. stands for a suitable leaving group;
(d) A heterocyclic derivative of the formula VI
VI
wherein Y1 is a suitable leaving group is reacted with an amine of the formula XIIIa, XIIIb or XIIIc XIIIa XIIb XIIIc (e) For those compounds of formula I wherein A1 is a group of partial formula IIc in which Zc is a group of the formula CF3SO2NH-, a compound of formula XIV
XIV
is reacted with trifluoromethanesulphonic acid anhydride; or (f) For those compounds of the formula I wherein A1 is a group of partial structure IIa in which Za is tetrazolyl, B1 is p-phenylene optionally bearing a substituent selected from (1-4C)alkyl, (1-4C)alkoxy, halogeno, (1-4C)alkanoyl, trifluoromethyl, cyano and nitro, a compound of the formula XVI
XVI
wherein P1 is an electron-deficient phenyl group or a pyrimidyl or pyridyl group; Re is hydrogen, (1-4C)alkyl, (1-4C)alkoxy, halogeno, (1-4C)alkanoyl, trifluoromethyl, cyano or nitro, is reacted with a base selected from an alkali metal hydroxide, (1-12C)alkanolate, (1-12C)alkanethiolate, phenolate, thiophenolate or diphenylphosphide, wherein any phenyl ring of the latter three groups may optionally bear a (1-4C)alkyl, (1-4C)alkoxy or halogeno group;
whereafter: when a compound of the formula I is required wherein Za, Zb or Zc is -CO.NH.(1H-tetrazol-5-yl), a group of the formula -CO.NH.SO2R8 or an ester group, a carboxylic acid of the formula I in which Za, Zb and Zc is carboxy (or a reactive derivative of said acid) is reacted with 5-aminotetrazole, a sulphonamide of the formula NH2.SO2R8 or a salt thereof or an appropriate alcohol or with a salt thereof;
when a non-toxic salt of a compound of formula I is required, it is obtained by reaction with the appropriate base affording a physiologically acceptable cation, or with the appropriate acid affording a physiologically acceptable anion, or by any other conventional salt formation procedure; and when an optically active form of a compound of formula I is required, one of the aforesaid processes (a)-(e) is carried out using an optically active starting material, or the racemic form of a compound of formula I in which Za, Zb or Zc is an acidic group is resolved by reaction with an optically active form of a suitable organic base, followed by conventional separation of the diastereoisomeric mixture of salts thus obtained, and liberation of the required optically active form of said compound of the formula I
by conventional treatment with acid;
and wherein the group Pm is a group of the partial formula and wherein the generic radicals have any of the meanings defined in any of claims 1 to 8 unless otherwise stated.
12. A pharmaceutical composition which comprises a compound of the formula I, or a non-toxic salt thereof, as claimed in any of claims 1 to 10, together with a pharmaceutically acceptable diluent or carrier.
Applications Claiming Priority (2)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
GB9125842.6 | 1991-12-04 | ||
GB919125842A GB9125842D0 (en) | 1991-12-04 | 1991-12-04 | Heterocyclic derivatives |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
CA2082668A1 true CA2082668A1 (en) | 1993-06-05 |
Family
ID=10705730
Family Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
CA002082668A Abandoned CA2082668A1 (en) | 1991-12-04 | 1992-11-12 | Heterocyclic derivatives |
Country Status (10)
Country | Link |
---|---|
JP (1) | JPH05255327A (en) |
BE (1) | BE1005473A3 (en) |
CA (1) | CA2082668A1 (en) |
DE (1) | DE4239440A1 (en) |
FR (1) | FR2684672A1 (en) |
GB (2) | GB9125842D0 (en) |
IE (1) | IE922785A1 (en) |
IT (1) | IT1256320B (en) |
NL (1) | NL9202091A (en) |
ZA (1) | ZA928742B (en) |
Cited By (1)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
WO2022214053A1 (en) * | 2021-04-09 | 2022-10-13 | 海南耀臻生物医药科技有限公司 | Ubiquitin-specific protease 1 (usp1) inhibitor |
Families Citing this family (13)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US5439911A (en) * | 1992-12-28 | 1995-08-08 | Shionogi & Co., Ltd. | Aminopyrimidine derivatives and their production and use |
EP0863143A1 (en) * | 1993-03-24 | 1998-09-09 | American Home Products Corporation | Intermediates useful in the production of pyridopyrimidone angiotensin AII antagonists |
KR100300566B1 (en) * | 1994-09-17 | 2001-11-22 | 조생현 | Pyrimidinone derivative and method for preparation thereof |
US6440965B1 (en) * | 1997-10-15 | 2002-08-27 | Krenitsky Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Substituted pyrimidine derivatives, their preparation and their use in the treatment of neurodegenerative or neurological disorders of the central nervous system |
US6583148B1 (en) | 1999-04-08 | 2003-06-24 | Krenitsky Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Neurotrophic substituted pyrimidines |
ES2346513T3 (en) | 2000-07-24 | 2010-10-18 | Krenitsky Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | 5-ALQUINIL PIRIMIDINAS REPLACED THAT HAVE NEUROTROPHIC ACTIVITY. |
GB0117396D0 (en) | 2001-07-17 | 2001-09-05 | Glaxo Group Ltd | Chemical compounds |
GB0308208D0 (en) | 2003-04-09 | 2003-05-14 | Glaxo Group Ltd | Chemical compounds |
ES2257616T3 (en) | 2003-04-25 | 2006-08-01 | Actimis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | USEFUL PYRIMIDINYLACETIC ACID DERIVATIVES FOR THE TREATMENT OF DISEASES MEDIATED BY CRTH2. |
MXPA06007674A (en) | 2004-01-31 | 2006-09-04 | Actimis Pharmaceuticals Inc | Imidazo[1,2-c]pyrimidinylacetic acid derivatives. |
ES2383249T3 (en) | 2007-09-25 | 2012-06-19 | Actimis Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Alkylthiopyrimidines as CRTH2 antagonists |
NZ584351A (en) | 2007-09-25 | 2012-03-30 | Actimis Pharmaceuticals Inc | 2-S-benzyl substituted pyrimidines as CRTH2 antagonists |
KR102481705B1 (en) * | 2020-08-04 | 2022-12-27 | 연세대학교 산학협력단 | A Composition for Preventing or Treating Hepatic Fibrosis Comprising Triazole Derivatives as Active Ingredients |
Family Cites Families (3)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
EP0424317A3 (en) * | 1989-10-19 | 1991-09-25 | Ciba-Geigy Ag | Pyrimidines |
IL99246A0 (en) * | 1990-09-10 | 1992-07-15 | Abbott Lab | Angiotensin ii receptor antagonists and pharmaceutical compositions containing them |
US5149699A (en) * | 1991-10-24 | 1992-09-22 | American Home Products Corporation | Substituted pyridopyrimidines useful as antgiotensin II antagonists |
-
1991
- 1991-12-04 GB GB919125842A patent/GB9125842D0/en active Pending
-
1992
- 1992-11-03 IE IE278592A patent/IE922785A1/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 1992-11-12 CA CA002082668A patent/CA2082668A1/en not_active Abandoned
- 1992-11-12 ZA ZA928742A patent/ZA928742B/en unknown
- 1992-11-20 IT ITMI922661A patent/IT1256320B/en active IP Right Grant
- 1992-11-24 DE DE4239440A patent/DE4239440A1/de not_active Withdrawn
- 1992-11-30 FR FR9214376A patent/FR2684672A1/en active Pending
- 1992-12-02 NL NL9202091A patent/NL9202091A/en not_active Application Discontinuation
- 1992-12-03 BE BE9201065A patent/BE1005473A3/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 1992-12-03 GB GB9225283A patent/GB2262096A/en not_active Withdrawn
- 1992-12-04 JP JP4325478A patent/JPH05255327A/en active Pending
Cited By (1)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
WO2022214053A1 (en) * | 2021-04-09 | 2022-10-13 | 海南耀臻生物医药科技有限公司 | Ubiquitin-specific protease 1 (usp1) inhibitor |
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
ITMI922661A1 (en) | 1993-06-05 |
BE1005473A3 (en) | 1993-08-03 |
NL9202091A (en) | 1993-07-01 |
DE4239440A1 (en) | 1993-06-09 |
IT1256320B (en) | 1995-11-30 |
ITMI922661A0 (en) | 1992-11-20 |
GB9225283D0 (en) | 1993-01-27 |
GB2262096A (en) | 1993-06-09 |
FR2684672A1 (en) | 1993-06-11 |
IE922785A1 (en) | 1993-06-16 |
JPH05255327A (en) | 1993-10-05 |
ZA928742B (en) | 1993-06-09 |
GB9125842D0 (en) | 1992-02-05 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
US5217976A (en) | 1,6-naphthyridone derivatives having angiotensin ii antagonist activity | |
US5126344A (en) | Diazine derivatives and pharmaceutical use | |
EP0520723B1 (en) | Angiotensin II antagonists | |
IL94282A (en) | Substituted imidazopyridines and imidazodiazines their preparation and pharmaceutical compositions containing them | |
CA2082668A1 (en) | Heterocyclic derivatives | |
CA2060107A1 (en) | Nitrogen heterocycles | |
US5369114A (en) | Biphenylene branched alkyleneoxy quinolines | |
US5380730A (en) | Pyridine compounds which have useful pharmaceutical utility | |
US5281613A (en) | Heterocyclic compounds | |
US5373015A (en) | Fused pyridine derivatives useful as angiotensin II antagonists | |
CA2066005A1 (en) | Nitrogen derivatives | |
US5198434A (en) | Angiotensin ii antagonizing fused pyridinyloxy containing derivatives | |
WO1994011379A1 (en) | Heterocyclic compounds as angiotensin ii antagonists | |
IL106628A (en) | Polysubstituted imidazopyridines and imidazodiazines their preparation and pharmaceutical compositions containing them | |
WO1994000450A1 (en) | Chromanderivatives as angiotensin ii antagonists | |
WO1994003453A1 (en) | Pyrazolopyridine derivatives as angiotensin ii antagonists | |
WO1993024501A1 (en) | Phosphorus containing heterocyclic compounds as angiotensins antagonists | |
WO1993024487A1 (en) | Nitrogen containing heterocyclic compounds as angiotensin-ii-antagonists |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
FZDE | Discontinued |